ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (489)
  • 1990-1994  (315)
  • 1980-1984  (176)
  • AWI Reading room  (489)
Collection
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Enke
    Call number: 11/M 92.0700 ; AWI G1-95-0204 ; M 92.0693
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Bestimmungsatlas werden 61 transparente Schwerminerale, die in Sedimenten vorkommen können, ausführlich beschrieben und jeweils auf einem oder mehreren Farbfotos abgebildet. Das Buch ist damit ein einzigartiges Hilfsmittel bei der mikroskopischen Bestimmung. Der einleitende Teil behandelt die Grundlagen der Schwermineralanalyse: gebräuchliche Labormethoden und Hilfsmittel, Faktoren, die die Schwermineralvergesellschaftungen in Sedimenten beeinflussen und Schlüsse, die sich aus den gefundenen Schwermineralspektren ziehen lassen.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 148 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3432987811
    Classification:
    Petrology, Petrography
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Danksagung. - Teil 1. - Die Schwermineralanalyse - Grundlagen und Anwendung. - 1 Einführung. - 2 Schwerminerale in Sedimenten - Anwendungszweck und Grenzen ihrer Analyse. - 2.1 Hydraulische Effekte. - 2.2 Schwerminerale und Korngröße. - 2.3 Die chemische Stabilität der Schwerminerale. - 3 Methodik. - 3.1 Probennahme für Schwermineraluntersuchungen. - 3.2 Aufbereitung der Proben. - 3.2.1 Brechen und Desaggregation der Festgesteine. - 3.2.2 Wahl der Korngrößenklasse durch Sieben. - 3.2.3 Schwermineraltrennung. - 3.2.4 Vorbereitung für die optische Bestimmung. - 3.3 Mikroskopische Bestimmung. - 3.4 Kornzählung. - 3.5 Untersuchung der Varietäten. - 3.6 Hilfstechniken. - 3.6.1 Röntgendiffraktometrie. - 3.6.2 Röntgenfluoreszenz-Spektrometrie. - 3.6.3 Mikrosondenanalysen. - 3.6.4 Rasterelektronenmikroskop (REM). - 3.6.5 Kathodenlumineszenz (KL). - 3.7 Darstellung und numerische Behandlung von Schwermineralanalysen. - 4 Anwendung von Schwermineralanalysen. - Teil 2 Beschreibung der Schwermineralarten. - Übersicht der Schwerminerale. - Beschreibung der Schwermineralarten. - Literatur. - Bestimmungstabelle. - Namenregister. - Sachregister.
    Location: Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Call number: M 92.0753 ; AWI G6-92-0394
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume summarizes the main results of a priority programme of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG), Bonn-Bad Godesberg
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIX, 544 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3-540-54034-2 , 0-387-54034-2
    Classification:
    Geochemistry
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Scope / G. Matthess 2 Polar Organic Substances and Their Role in the Water-Saturated and -Unsaturated Zones 2.0 Introduction / F.H. Frimmel 2.1 Isolation Procedures and Characterization Methods 2.1.1 Isolation and General Characterization of Organic Acids from Pore Water / F.H. Frimmel 2.1.2 Isolation and Characterization of Soil Humic Matter / W. Finger, B. Post and H. Klamberg 2.1.3 Isolation and Characterization of Organic Substancesin Ground Water and Sediments / F. Selenka and A. Hack 2.1.4 Chromatographie Characterization of the Acid-Soluble Part of Humic Substances / F.H. Frimmel 2.1.5 Spectroscopic Characterization of Humic Substances in the Ultraviolet and Visible Region and by Infrared Spectroscopy / G. Abbt-Braun 2.1.6 Temperature-Programmed/Time-Resolved Pyrolysis Field lonization Mass Spectrometry - a New Method for the Characterization of Humic Substances / H.-R. Schulten 2.1.7 Interpretation of the Pyrolysis Products of Isolated Humic and Fulvic Acids / G. Abbt-Braun 2.1.8 Characterization of Isolated Humic Material by 13C Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy /J. Buddrus and P. Burba 2.1.9 Characterization of Humic Substances Extracted by Organic Solvents / B. Post and H. Klamberg 2.2 Interaction of Inorganics with Humic Substances 2.2.1 Investigation of Metal Complexation by Polarography and Fluorescence Spectroscopy / F.H. Frimmel 2.2.2 Determination of Complexation Equilibria by the Ion-Exchange Method / W. Finger and H. Klamberg 2.2.3 Sorption of Metals on Humic Material / R. Becker and H. Klamberg 2.2.4 Interactions of Humic Substances with Iodine / K. G. Heumann and C. Reifenhäuser 2.2.5 Experiments on the Influence of Organic Ligands upon Kinetics of Feldspar Weathering / A. Petersen, G. Matthess and D. Schenk 2.3 Characterization of Some Organic Acids in the Subsurface of the Sandhausen Ecosystem / T. Cordt and H. Kussmaul 2.3.4 Organic Acids 2.3.5 Conclusions 3 Carbonate Systems 3.0 Introduction / E. Usdowski 3.1 Dissolution Kinetics in the Generation of Carbonate Ground Waters 3.1.1 Theoretical and Experimental Results of the Kinetics of Calcite Dissolution and Precipitation / W. Dreybrodt 3.1.2 Field Measurements and Laboratory Experiments on Calcite Dissolution Kinetics of Natural Porous Media / J. Baumann and H.D. Schulz 3.2 Field Studies on Subsurface Water of Selected Sites / B. Merkel and J. Grossmann 3.2.1 Pore Water Sampling in Carbonate Terrains 3.2.2 Variation of Inorganic Carbon in the Unsaturated Zone of a Carbonate Gravel System / L. Eichinger and B. Merkel 3.2.3 Isotope Geochemistry of the Subsurface Carbonate System in Sandhausen and Bocholt / H. Dörr, W. Leuchs, P. Obermann, W. Regenberg and C. Sonntag 3.2.4 Application of Stable Carbon and Sulfur Isotope Models to the Development of Ground Water in a Limestone-Dolomite-Anhydrite-Gypsum Area / K.W. Schaefer and E. Usdowski 3.2.5 A dissolution Front at the Contact of Sandsto Marly Limestone Aquifers / H.R. Langguth and R. Schulz 3.2.6 Carbonate Rock Dissolution Under Intermediate System Conditions / J. Michaelis 3.3 Alteration in Karst Systems 3.3.1 Mineralogy and Hydrogeochemistry of the Gypsum Karst of Foum Tatahouine, South Tunisia / W. Smykatz-Kloss, H. Hötzl and H. Kössl 3.3.2 Dedolomitization and Salt Formationin a Semi-Arid Environment / W. Smykatz-Kloss, and J. Goebelbecker 3.3.3 Transformation Processes in Paleokarst Sediments and Chemistry of Modern Waters in the Aladag Region, Turkey / M. Cevrini and W. Echle 4 Silicate Systems 4.0 Introduction / G. Matthess 4.1 Redox Reactions in the Subsurface 4.1.1 Anoxic Reaction Zones in an Aquifer Influenced by Increasing Nitrate and Sulfate Contents / W. Leuchs and P. Obermann 4.1.2 Nitrogen and Oxygen Isotopes as Indicators for Nitrification and Denitrification / H.-L. Schmidt, S. Voerkelius and A. Amberger 4.1.3 Redox Conditions and Microbial Sulfur Reactions in the Fuhrberger Field Sandy Aquifer / J. Böttcher, O. Strebet and W. Kölle 4.1.4 Influence of Fine-Grained Cover Beds on the Chemistry of Shallow Ground Water / G. Ebhardt and P. Fritsch 4.1.5 Hydrogeochemical Processes During the Passage of Surface Water and Ground Water Through Genetically Different Organic Sediments / H. Brühl, A. Moschick and H. Verleger 4.1.6 Hydrochemical Phenomena in the Dorsten Leakage System / M. Hoffmann, H.R. Langguth and J. Larue 4.1.7 Hydrogeochemical Processes in the Hamburg Deep Aquifer System / E.P. Loehnert, W. Bauhus and C. Sonntag 4.2 Rock-Water Interaction 4.2.1 Aluminium Speciation in Acid Soil Water and Ground Water / G. Dietze and B. Ulrich 4.2.2 Mineral-Pore Water Interaction in Two Soil Types on Pleistocene Sediments at Hamburg / F. Sztuka and I. Valeton 4.2.3 Subsurface Hydrochemical Reactions in the Sandhausen Forest Ecosystem / H. Jacob, W. Regenberg and C. Sonntag 4.3 Reaction Kinetics 4.3.1 Experimental Methods for Determining Dissolution Rates of Silicates - a Comparison / D. Schenk, G. Matthess, A. Dahmke and A. Petersen 4.3.2 Field Studies on the Kinetics of Silicate Minerals/Water Interaction / G. Matthess, A. Petersen, D. Schenk and A. Dahmke 5 Microbiology 5.0 Introduction / P. Hirsch 5.1 Characterization of the Natural Subsurface Environment 5.1.1 Morphological and Taxonomic Diversity of Ground Water Microorganisms / P. Hirsch, E. Rades-Rohkohl, J. Kölbel-Boelke and A. Nehrkorn 5.1.2 Methods of Studying Ground Water Microbiology: Critical Evaluations and Method suggestions / P. Hirsch, E. Rades-Rohkohl, J. Kölbel-Boelke, A. Nehrkorn, R. Schweisfurth, F. Selenka and A. Hack 5.1.3 Organic Substances in Ground Water and Sediments and Their Relationships to Microorganisms in a Sandy Aquifer / E Selenka and A. Hack 5.2 Microbial Activities 5.2.1 Observations on the Physiology of Microorganisms from Pristine Ground Water Environments / P. Hirsch 5.2.2 Formation and Transformation of Manganese Oxidation States by Bacteria / J. Gottfreund and R. Schweisfurth 5.2.3 Interactions Between Humic Acids and Microorganisms / G.-J. Tuschewitzki, B. Langer and H. Otremba 5.3 Microbiology of Selected Locations 5.3.1 Subsurface Microbial Activities in the Sandhausen Forest Ecosystem / R. Weyandt and R. Schweisfurth 5.3.2 Heterotrophic Bacterial Communities in the Bocholt Aquifer System / J. Kölbel-Boelke and A. Nehrkorn 5.3.3 The Natural Microflora of the Segeberger Forest Aquifer System / P. Hirsch and E. Rades-Rohkohl 5.3.4 Microbiological Observations of the Unsaturated Zone of a Quaternary Gravel Profile / I. Alexander, G. Freitag, J. Grossmann, Β. Merkel, P. Udluft and I. Ullsperger 6 Hydrogeochemical and Geochemical-Hydraulic Models and Model Concepts 6.0 Introduction / H.-D. Schulz 6.1 Hydrogeochemical Models and Concepts 6.1.1 Development of Secondary Permeability of a Fracture Aquifer in Carbonate Rocks: a Model / W. Dreybrodt 6.1.2 Some Aspects of Modelling the Carbon System in the Unsaturated Zone / B. Merkel, L. Eichinger and P. Udluft 6.1.3 Methodical Concepts in Silicate-Water Interaction - a Comparison of Results / A. Dahmke, G. Matthess, A. Petersen and D. Schenk 6.2 Combination of Transport and Geochemical Reactions 6.2.1 Water Movement and Geochemical Reactions in the Unsaturated Zone of Sands with Low Calcite Contents / H.-D. Schulz 6.2.2 Physical and Biochemical Processes Affecting Mass Transport in the Bocholt Aquifer System / C. Bugner and R. Mull 6.2.3 Tritium and 3He Measurements as Calibration Data for Ground Water Transport Models / H. Dörr, P. Schlosser, M. Stute and C. Sonntag 6.2.4 39Ar-, 85Kr-, 3He- and 3H Isotope Dating of Ground Water in the Bocholt and Segeberger Forst Aquifer Systems / M. Forster, H. Loosli and S. Weise 6.2.5 Modelling of Mass Balance and of Microbial Transformations in the Fuhrberger Feld Sandy Aquifer / O. Strebet, J. Böttcher and W.H.M. Duynisveld 6.3 Description of Geochemical Environments with Thermodynamic Equilibrium Models / M. Rolling and H.-D. Schulz 6
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    San Antonio : The Geochemical Society
    Associated volumes
    Call number: M 92.1258 ; AWI G6-93-0177
    In: Special publication / Department of geology and geophysics
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 516 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 0941809021
    Series Statement: Special publication / Department of geology and geophysics no. 3
    Classification:
    Geochemistry
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Preface. - Acknowledgments. - SAMUEL EPSTEIN: Scientist, Teacher and Friend. - PART A. EXPERIMENTAL AND THEORETICAL ISOTOPIC FRACTIONATION STUDIES. - Oxygen isotopic thermometer calibrations / Robert N. Clayton and Susan W. Kieffer. - Temperature dependence of isotopic fractionation factors / Robert E. Criss. - Oxygen isotope fractionation studies of solute-water interactions / James R. O'Neil and Alfred H. Truesdell. - Oxygen diffusion in leucite: Structural controls / Karlis Muehlenbachs and Cathy Connolly. - An experimental study of oxygen isotope partitioning between silica glass and CO2 vapor / Edward Stolper and Samuel Epstein. - D/H analysis of minerals by ion probe / E. Deloule, C. France-Lanord and F. Albarède. - PART B. THE HYDROSPHERE AND ANCIENT OCEANS. - Oxygen isotope history of seawater revisited: Timescales for boundary event changes in the oxygen isotope composition of sea water / R. T. Gregory. - Oxygen and hydrogen isotope compositions of oceanic plutonic rocks: High-temperature deformation and metamorphism of oceanic layer 3 / Debra S. Stakes. - The hydrogen and oxygen isotope history of the Silurian-Permian hydrosphere as determined by direct measurement of fossil water / L. Paul Knauth and Sarah K. Roberts. - Oxygen isotopes in phosphates of fossil fish-Devonian to Recent / Yehoshua Kolodny and Boaz Luz. - Dolomitization of the Hope Gate Formation (north Jamaica) by seawater: Reassessment of mixing-zone dolomite / Lynton S. Land. - Fossil meteoric ground waters in the Delaware Basin of southeastern New Mexico / Steven J. Lambert. - PART C. CLIMATOLOGY AND GLACIOLOGY. - The heavy isotope enrichment of water in coupled evaporative systems / Joel R. Gat and Carl Bowser. - The elusive climate signal in the isotopic composition of precipitation / James R. Lawrence and James W. C. White. - Stable oxygen and hydrogen isotope ratios in shallow ground waters from India and a study of the role of evapotranspiration in the Indian monsoon / R. V. Krishnamurthy and S. K. Bhattacharya. - Stable isotopic composition of waters in a small Piedmont watershed / David B. Wenner, Peter D. Ketcham and John F. Dowd. - Isotopic changes during the formation of depth hoar in experimental snowpacks / Richard A. Sommerfeld, Clark Judy and Irving Friedman. - Isotopic changes during snow metamorphism / Irving Friedman, Carl Benson and Jim Gleason. - The glacial/interglacial temperature range of the surface water of the oceans at low latitudes / Cesare Emiliani and David B. Ericson. - Is the Postglacial artificial? / Cesare Emiliani, David A. Price and Joanne Seipp. - PART D. Paleoenvironment and Archaeology. - Osteocalcin as the recommended biopolymer for 14C age dating of bone and δ13C and δ15N paleodietary reconstruction / Henry O. Ajie and Isaac R. Kaplan. - The relationship between stable oxygen and hydrogen isotope ratios of water in astomatal plants / Lee W. Cooper, Michael J. Deniro and Jon E. Keeley. - 13C/2C ratios of the Fe(IIl) carbonate component in natural geothites / Crayton J. Yapp and Harald Poths. - Oxygen isotope studies of zeolites: Stilbite, analcime, heulandite, and clinoptilolite I. Analytical technique / Xiahong Feng and Samuel M. Savin. - Eolian inputs of lead to the South Pacific via rain and dry deposition from industrial and natural sources / Dorothy M. Settle and Clair C. Patterson. - Stable isotopes and the Roman marble trade-evidence from Scythopolis and Caesarea, Israel / Ze'ev Pearl and Mordeckai Mararitz. - Part E. IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHC GEOCHEMISTRY. - Comparisons of 18O/16O and 87Sr/86Sr in volcanic rocks from the Pontine Islands, M. Ernici, and Campania with other areas in Italy / B. Turi, H. P. Taylor, Jr. and G. Ferrara. - Hydrogen, sulphur and neodymium isotope variations in the mantle beneath the EPR at 12°50' N / Marc Chaussidon, Simon M. F. Sheppard and Annie Michard. - Degassing of Obsidian Dome rhyolite, lnyo volcanic chain, California / Bruce E. Taylor. - Application of stable isotopes in identifying a major Hercynian synplutonic rift zone and its associated meteoric-hydrothermal activity, southern Schwarzwald, Germany / Hugh P. Taylor, Jr., Mordeckai Magaritz and Stephen M. Wickham. - An oxygen and hydrogen isotope study of high-grade metamorphism and anatexis in the Ruby Mountains-East Humboldt Range core complex, Nevada / Stephen M. Wickham, Hugh P. Taylor, Jr., Arthur W. Snoke and James R. O'Neil. - Daughter-parent isotope systematics in U-Th-bearing igneous accessory mineral assemblages as potential indices of metamorphic history: A discussion of the concept / Leon T. Silver. - Retrograde exchange of hydrogen isotopes between hydrous minerals and water at low temperatures / T. Kurtis Kyser and Robert K. Errich. - PART F. ORE DEPOSITS AND HYDROTHERMAL ALTERATION. - Stable isotope studies of quartz-vein type tungsten deposits in Dajishan Mine, Jiangxi Province, Southeast China / Yuch-Ning Shieh and Guo-Xin Zhang. - Oxygen isotope study of the fossil hydrothermal system in the Comstock Lode mining district, Nevada / Robert E. Criss and Duane E. Champion. - Oxygen isotope studies of Jurassic fossil hydrothermal systems, Mojave Desert, southeastern California / G. Cleve Solomon and Hugh P. Taylor, Jr. - Variations in δ18O values, water/rock ratios, and water flux in the Rico paleothermal anomaly, Colorado / Peter B. Larson and Brian S. Zimmerman. - PART G. EXTRATERRESTRIAL GEOCHEMISTRY. - Initial Pb isotopic compositions of lunar granites as determined by ion microprobe / W. Compston, I. S. Williams and C. Meyer. - Silicon, carbon and nitrogen isotopic studies of silicon carbide in carbonaceous and enstatite chondrites / J. Stone, I. D. Hutcheon, S. Epstein and G. J. Wasserburg. - Subject Index.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Call number: M 92.1345 ; M 92.0709 ; AWI A3-93-0247 ; PIK N 455-92-0581 ; MOP 47744 / Mitte
    Description / Table of Contents: In diesem Werk werden ausführlich das Klimasystem mit seinen äußeren Anregungen und den untereinander in komplizierter Wechselwirkung stehenden Komponenten sowie die grundlegenden Wege der Klimaforschung behandelt. Besondere Aufmerksamkeit gilt den Klimaschwankungen in geologischer Vergangenheit und Neuzeit sowie dem anthropogenen Einfluß auf das Klima mit all seinen Konsequenzen in Gegenwart und Zukunft. Diese erste deutschsprachige Monographie über moderne Klimatologie ist nicht nur für Fachkollegen und Studenten gedacht, sondern auch für alle, die interdisziplinäre Bezüge oder tiefergehendes Interesse am Klimaproblem unserer Zeit haben.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 464 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , + Kt.-Beil. , 25 cm
    ISBN: 3055007123
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis : 1. Das Klima - internationaler und interdisziplinärer Forschungsschwerpunkt / (W. BÖHME, G. S. GOLIOYN). - 1.1. Grundlegende Aspekte moderner Klimatologie. - 1.2. Das Weltklimaprogramm. - 1.2.1. Anliegen und Anlage des Weltklimaprogramms. - 1.2.2. Phasen der bisherigen Entwicklung des Programms. - 1.2.3. Ergebnisse, Stand und neue Programme sowie Erfordernisse. - 1.2.4. Zweite Weltklimakonferenz. - 2. Eigenschaften und Komponenten des Klimasystems / (G. FLEMMEKTG, M. B. GALTST, H.-F. GRAF, A. HELBIG, P. HUPFER, K. JA. KONDRAT'EV). - 2.1. Klima und Klimasystem. - 2.1.1. Klimabegriff. - 2.1.1.1. Definitionen. - 2.1.1.2. Maßstabsbezogenheit des Klimas. - 2.1.2. Hauptwege der Erforschung des Klimas. - 2.1.3. Klimafaktoren und -elemente. - 2.1.3.1. Klimafaktoren. - 2.1.3.2. Klimaelemente. - 2.1.4. Das Klimasystem und seine Haupteigenschaften. - 2.2. Solarstrahlung und globaler Energiehaushalt. - 2.2.1. Die Solarkonstante und ihre Variationen. - 2.2.2. Globale Energiebilanzen. - 2.2.3. Grundlegende Energieflüsse im Klimasystem. - 2.3. Die Atmosphäre als Komponente des Klimasystems. - 2.3.1. Wolken. - 2.3.2. Aerosol. - 2.3.3. Strahlungsaktive Gase. - 2.3.3.1. Allgemeine Übersicht. - 2.3.3.2. Kohlenstoffkreislauf. - 2.3.3.3. Ozon. - 2.3.3.4. Vergleich von Klimaeffekten. - 2.4. Klimafaktor Ozean. - 2.4.1. Basisprozesse an der Grenzfläche Ozean/Atmosphäre. - 2.4.1.1. Transformation der Solarstrahlung. - 2.4.1.2. Fühlbarer und latenter Wärmestrom. - 2.4.1.3. Hydrologischer Zyklus. - 2.4.1.4. Austausch von Gasen. - 2.4.1.5. Austausch von Stoff. - 2.4.1.6. Übergang kinetischer Energie. - 2.4.1.7. Gegenseitige Hauptwirkungen von Ozean und Atmosphäre. - 2.4.2. Großräumige Wechselwirkungen Ozean/Atmosphäre. - 2.4.2.1. Der Ozean als Wärmereservoir. - 2.4.2.2. Ozeanischer Energietransport. - 2.4.2.3. Wechselwirkung Ozean/Atmosphäre und innertropische Konvergenzzone (ITCZ). - 2.4.2.4. Ozeanische Absink- und Auftriebszonen. - 2.4.3. Die energetisch aktiven Zonen des Ozeans und das Programm RAZREZY. - 2.5. Festland und Biosphäre als Komponenten des Klimasystems. - 2.5.1. Energetische Wechselwirkungen Erdoberfläche/Atmosphäre. - 2.5.2. Massenaustausch Landoberfläche/Atmosphäre. - 2.5.2.1. Hydrologischer Kreislauf und Bodenfeuchteregime. - 2.5.2.2. Stoffaustausch. - 2.5.3. Einfluß der Pflanzendecke. - 2.5.3.1. Allgemeines. - 2.5.3.2. Vergleich von Kurzgras mit pflanzenlosem Boden. - 2.5.3.3. Besonderheiten niederwüchsiger Vegetationstypen. - 2.5.3.4. Eigenschaften homogener Waldbestände. - 2.5.3.5. Zur Berücksichtigung der Vegetation in Klimamodellen. - 2.5.4. Der Einfluß der Gebirge auf das Klima. - 2.5.4.1. Allgemeine Eigenschaften des Gebirgsklimas. - 2.5.4.2. Der Einfluß der Meereshöhe und des Stockwerkaufbaus der Atmosphäre. - 2.5.5. Gegenwärtige Änderungen der Landnutzung und ihre Bedeutung für das Klima. - 2.6. Die Wirkung von Vulkaneruptionen im Klimasystem. - 2.6.1. Einführung. - 2.6.2. Eigenschaften vulkanischer Eruptionen. - 2.6.3. Aeronomische Auswirkungen von Vulkaneruptionen - Entwicklung und Eigenschaften von Vulkanaerosol. - 2.6.4. Auswirkungen vulkanischen Aerosols auf den Strahlungshaushalt. - 2.6.5. Beobachtete Klimavariationen nach Vulkanausbrüchen. - 2.6.6. Modellierung der Auswirkungen stratosphärischen Aerosols auf das Klimasystem. - 2.7. Kryosphäre als Komponente des Klimasystems. - 2.7.1. Kryosphäre und Klimaentwicklung. - 2.7.2. Landeisformen. - 2.7.2.1. Schneedecke. - 2.7.2.2. Eisschilde. - 2.7.2.3. Unterirdisches Eis/Ewiger Frostboden. - 2.7.2.4. Gebirgsgletscher. - 2.7.3. Meereis. - 2.8. Die allgemeine Zirkulation der Atmosphäre und ihre Energetik. - 2.8.1. Grundzüge und Eigenschaften. - 2.8.2. Die Zirkulation nach den Beobachtungen. - 2.8.3. Drehimpuls-Bilanz. - 2.8.4. Energetik der allgemeinen Zirkulation. - 2.8.5. Schlußfolgerungen. - 2.9. Telekonnektionen und el Nino/Südliche Oszillation (ENSO). - 2.9.1. Hemisphärische und globale „Fernwirkungen". - 2.9.2. Zur Anregung von el Nino/Südliche Oszillation (ENSO). - 3. Klimadaten / (M. OLBERG, R. STELLMACHER, K. J A . KONDRAT'EV). - 3.1. Analyse von Daten. - 3.1.1. Einleitung. - 3.1.2. Homogenitätsprüfung, Trendanalyse. - 3.1.2.1. Daten. - 3.1.2.2. Ausgewählte Methoden der Homogenitätsprüfung. - 3.1.2.3. Einige Möglichkeiten der Trendelimination. - 3.1.2.4. Über die Schätzung fehlender Meßwerte. - 3.1.2.5. Beispiele zur Trendanalyse. - 3.1.3. Spektralanalyse klimatologischer Datenreihen. - 3.1.3.1. Schätzung des konventionellen und des Maximum-Entropie-Spektrums. - 3.1.3.2. Signifikanzgrenzen für das empirische Spektrum. - 3.1.4. Klimadatenanalyse in gleitenden Zeitintervallen. - 3.1.4.1. Numerische Filterung. - 3.1.4.2. Gleitende MESA. - 3.1.5. Hinweise zur mehrkanaligen Spektralanalyse. - 3.2. Klimaüberwachung aus dem Kosmos. - 3.2.1. Haupterfordernisse einer Klimaüberwachung. - 3.2.2. Programm und Genauigkeitsforderungen. - 3.2.3. Aussichten. - 4. Klimatheorie und -modellierung / (G. SCHMITZ). - 4.1. Einleitung. - 4.2. Grundgleichungen. - 4.3. Grundgleichungen für den großräumigen Scale. - 4.4. Global gemittelte Klima-Gleichungen. - 4.5. Klimamodellierung. - 4.6. Hierarchie von Klimamodellen. - 4.6.1. Energiebilanzmodelle. - 4.6.2. Strahlungs-Konvektions-Modelle. - 4.6.3. Statistisch-dynamische Modelle. - 4.6.4. Zirkulationsmodelle der Atmosphäre. - 4.6.5. Globale Zirkulationsmodelle. - 4.6.6. Stochastische Modelle. - 4.7. Energiebilanzmodelle. - 4.7.1. Global gemittelte Modelle. - 4.7.2. Zonal-gemittelte Modelle. - 4.7.3. Stochastische Energiebilanzmodelle. - 4.8. Statistisch-dynamische Modelle. - 4.8.1. Zonal-symmetrische Modelle. - 4.8.2. Modelle stationärer Störungen. - 4.9. Globale Zirkulationsmodelle. - 4.9.1. Kleinräumige Prozesse. - 4.9.2. Ausgewählte Anwendungen und Ergebnisse. - 5. Globale Klimaklassifikation / (M. HENDL). - 5.1. Allgemeine Probleme der Klimaklassifikation. - 5.2. Die Anfänge der klimatischen Gliederung der Erdoberfläche: Die Aufstellung individueller Klimaprovinzen. - 5.3. Die Einführung der objekten Klimaklasssifikation durch Wladimir Köppen: das vegetationsbezogene Köppen-Klimasystem und seine Modifikationen. - 5.4. Vegetationsbezogene Klimasysteme mit abweichendem Klassifikationsprinzip. - 5.4.1. Die effektive Klimaklassifikation von N. N. IVANOV. - 5.4.2. Die Klimaklassifikationen von THORNTHWAITE. - 5.4.3. Neuere Entwicklungstendenzen. - 5.5. Effektive Klimaklassifizierung nach landwirtschaftlichen Gesichtspunkten. - 5.6. Effektive Klimaklassifizierung nach humanphysiologischen Gesichtspunkten. - 5.7. Effektive Klimaklassifizierung für technische Zwecke: Das HOFFMANN-System 1975. - 5.8. Bemühungen um genetische Klimaklassifikationen. - 6. Klima und Gesellschaft / (K. BERNHARDT, A. HELBIG). - 6.1. Anthropogene Wirkungen im klimatischen System. - 6.1.1. Überblick. - 6.1.2. Anthropogene Modifikation des Lokalklimas im Stadtgebiet und in Industrie-Ballungsräumen. - 6.1.3. Anthropogene Einwirkungen auf das globale Klima. - 6.1.4. Auswirkungen eines massierten Kernwaffeneinsatzes. - 6.2. Klimawirkungen auf gesellschaftliche Systeme. - 6.2.1. Klima und geographisches Milieu. - 6.2.2. Klima und globale Probleme. - 7. Klimate der geologischen Vorzeit / (L. EISSMANN, CHR. HÄNSEL). - 7.1. Entstehung und Wandlung der Erdatmosphäre. - 7.2. Klimazeugen und physikalische Informationsmethoden zum Paläoklima. - 7.3. Ursachen und Prozesse erdgeschichtlicher Klimaänderungen. - 7.4. Merkmale der Klimate der Erdgeschichte. - 7.4.1. Präkambrium. - 7.4.2. Paläozoikum. - 7.4.3. Mesozoikum. - 7.4.4. Känozoikum. - 7.4.4.1. Tertiär. - 7.4.4.2. Quartär. - 8. Rezente Klimaschwankungen / (K. BERNHARDT, G. HELBIG, P. HUPFER, R. K. KLIGE). - 8.1. Holozäne Klimaschwankungen. - 8.1.1. Zum Wesen von Klimaänderungen. - 8.1.2. Datenquellen zur holozänen Klimageschichte. - 8.1.3. Zur Klimaentwicklung im Holozän. - 8.2. Jüngste Klimaschwankungen. - 8.2.1. Zirkulationsschwankungen. - 8.2.2. Änderungen von Luft- und Wassertemperatur. - 8.2.3. Variationen von Komponenten des glob
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: MOP - must be ordered
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York : American Institute of Physics
    Call number: M 99.0571 ; M 98.0040 ; PIK N 455-02-0368 ; AWI A3-92-0463
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxxix, 520 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0883187124
    Classification:
    Meteorology and Climatology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Foreword. - Preface. - Acknowledgements. - List of symbols and definitions. - 1. Introduction. - 2. Nature of the problem. - 3. Basic equations for the atmosphere and oceans. - 4. Various decompositions of the circulation. - 5. The data. - 6. Radiation balance. - 7. Observed mean state of the atmosphere. - 8. Observed mean state of the oceans. - 9. Observed mean state of the cryosphere. - 10. Exchange processes between the earth's surface and the atmosphere. - 11. Angular momentum cycle. - 12. Water Cycle. - 13. Energetics. - 14. The ocean-atmosphere heat engine. - 15. Entropy in the climate system. - 16 Interannual and interdecadal variability in the climate system. - 17. Mathematical simulation of climate. - Appendix A: Analysis in terms of Fourier components. - Appendix B: Analysis in terms of empirical orthogonal functions (EOF's). - References. - Name index. - Subject index.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: A 18 - must be ordered
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: PIK Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stuttgart : Wiss. Verl.-Ges.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: G 8130 ; AWI E1-82-0083
    In: Große Naturforscher
    Description / Table of Contents: In seiner Doktorarbeit behandelte er ein Thema aus der Astronomie. Sein Lehrbuch "Thermodynamik der Atmosphäre", das in mehreren Auflagen erschien, wies ihn als Meteorologen aus. In Graz erhielt er eine Professur nicht nur für die Wetterkunde, sondern auch für Geophysik. Bei vier großen Grönlandexpeditionen verwirklichte er seinen Jugendtraum, Polarforschung zu treiben. Und fast nur am Rande gehört hierher, daß er in jungen Jahren einen Weltrekord im Ballondauerflug aufgestellt hatte ... Von einer der großen, vielseitigen Forscherpersönlichkeiten unseres Jahrhunderts ist hier die Rede: von Alfred Wegener, der seinen dauerhaften Ruhm 1912 mit der revolutionären Hypothese begründete, wonach die Festländer gar nicht so "fest" seien, wie man bis dahin angenommen hatte, sondern daß sie im Laufe der Erdgeschichte langsam wanderten. Zu seinen Lebzeiten für die meisten ein "Märchenerzähler", wurde Wegener in jüngster Zeit, Jahrzehnte nach seinem tragischen Tod in Grönland, für viele ein "neuer Kopernikus": an Wegener schieden sich die Geister. Selten hat ein neues Gedankengebäude über die Entstehung der Erdkruste, ihrer Gebirge und Ozeane so anregend für Geologen und Geophysiker gewirkt wie die "Drifthypothese". Die von Professor M. Schwarzbach verfaßte Biographie zeichnet nicht nur ein Lebensbild Wegeners, sondern umfaßt damit gleichzeitig ein Stück Wissenschaftsgeschichte, ein herausragendes Kapitel der Erforschung der Erde - von der Verschiebung der Kontinente und der heute im Vordergrund stehenden "Plattentektonik" bis hin zur Eiszeitforschung, den Strahlungskurven von Milankovitch und der "nächsten Eiszeit".
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 159 S. , Ill., Kt.
    ISBN: 3-8047-0582-0
    Series Statement: Große Naturforscher 42
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - 1. Alexander v. Humboldt und die Vorfahren von Alfred Wegener. - 2. Der Lebensweg von Alfred Wegener. - Berlin und die Studienjahre (1880-1904). - Lindenberg (1905-1906). - Marburg (1908-1918). - Hamburg (1919-1924). - Graz (1924-1930). - 3. Die Grönland-Reisen. - Die dänische "Danmark"-Expedition unter Leitung von L. Mylius-Erichsen (1906-08). - Die Durchquerung Nordgrönlands mit J. P. Koch (1912/13). - Die Vorexpedition nach Westgrönland unter Leitung von A. Wegener (1929). - Deutsche Grönland-Expedition Alfred Wegener, Hauptexpedition (1930/31). - Eine Schuldfrage?. - Rückblick auf die Grönland-Reisen. - 4. Alfred Wegener und Island. - Islands "Spalten" und die Drifthypothese. - 5. Das wissenschaftliche Lebenswerk von Alfred Wegener. - Der vielseitige Meteorologe. - Das Hauptwerk: Die wandernden Kontinente. - Kontinentalverschiebung und das Klima der Vorzeit. - Der ideale Schwiegervater. - Paläoklima und Kontinentalverschiebung. - Die Strahlungskurven von Milankovitch. - Warum Eiszeiten und Eiszeitalter?. - Ein Rückblick auf Köppen. - 6. Die ersten 40 Jahre der "wandernden Kontinente". - Der erste Vortrag und das erste Buch über kontinentale Drift. - Der Prophet gilt nichts in seinem Vaterlande. - Continental drift debate in New York, 1926. - Konvektionsströmungen: Ampferer, Schwinner, Holmes. - Africa forms the key. - Geodätische Beweise. Wegeners Irrtum. - 7. Die Wiedergeburt der "Kontinentalverschiebung": die Plattentektonik. - Tiefseeforschung und Paläomagnetismus. - Plattentektonik und Wegeners "Kontinentalverschiebungshypothese. - Gebirgsbildung und Pangaea. - Von der abstrakten Kunst zur Demoskopie. - Ein faszinierendes Gesamtbild. - 8. Ruhm und Nachruhm von Alfred Wegener. - 9. Schrifttum. - Verzeichnis der wichtigsten Schriften von A. Wegener. - Größere Veröffentlichungen über A. Wegener und seine letzte Grönlandfahrt. - Nachrufe, Gedenkaufsätze, Kurzbiographien, Film. - Einige Veröffentlichungen zur allgemeinen Einführung in die Plattentektonik. - Herkunft der Abbildungen. - 10. Anmerkungen. - Lebensdaten von A. Wegener. - 11. Register. - Namensverzeichnis. - Sachverzeichnis.
    Location: Upper compact magazine
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: GFZ Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Hamburg : Kovač
    Call number: AWI A13-93-0036
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 50 S. , graph. Darst
    ISBN: 3925630821
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sebastopol, CA : O'Reilly
    Call number: AWI S4-94-0061
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVIII, 244 S.
    Edition: 1. ed.
    ISBN: 093717551X
    Series Statement: UNIX programming tools
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Preface. - Why Learn UNIX?. - How to Use This Book. - A Word About UNIX Versions. - Conventions Used in This Handbook. - Chapter 1 Introduction to the UNIX Operating System. - Logging In to UNIX. - UNIX Commands. - The UNIX File System. - Files and Filenames. - The File System's Structure. - Simple Commands for Working with Files. - Simple Commands for Working with Directories. - Wildcards. - File Access Permission. - Standard Input and Output. - Pipes. - Controlling Execution. - Stopping Programs. - Foreground and Background. - Running a Job at a Later Time. - Shell Programs. - Command Line Arguments. - Shell Variables. - Loops. - Conditionals. - Shell Customization. - Environment Variables. - Shell Variables. - Aliases. - Other Basic Tools. - Standard UNIX Documentation. - Online Help. - Chapter 2 Creating a FORTRAN Program with vi. - Invoking vi. - Retrieving Backup Versions. - Modes. - Text Mode. - Command Mode. - Moving Within a File. - Adding and Deleting Text. - Search Operations. - Moving Blocks of Text-Named Buffers. - Saving and Exiting. - Editing and Inserting Other Files. - Executing UNIX Commands from vi. - Other Features. - Options. - Pattern Matching. - Chapter 3 Compiling and Linking FORTRAN Programs. - FORTRAN Compilation. - Libraries. - Output Files. - make and the Compiler. - Compilation Options. - The Preprocessor. - Preprocessor Statements. - File Inclusion. - Conditional Compilation. - Comments. - Summary of Preprocessor Statements. - Assembling a FORTRAN Program. - Invoking the Assembler. - Linking FORTRAN Programs. - Invoking Id. - Linker Options. - Error Messages. - Creating Libraries. - Chapter 4 FORTRAN Working Environment. - FORTRAN I/O. - Default Filenames. - FORTRAN I/O Initialization. - Simple Character I/O. - File System Information. - Tape I/O. - UNIX System Calls and Functions. - Command Line Arguments. - Accessing the Environment. - Timing. - Mathematical Routines. - Executing UNIX Commands. - System Error Handling. - Installing Local Programs. - Chapter 5 Debugging FORTRAN Programs. - Source-level Debugging with dbx. - Compilation for dbx. - Starting dbx. - Basic dbx Commands. - Current File and Current Function. - Definitions and Conventions. - Advanced Features. - Debugging at the Assembly Level with adb. - Invoking adb. - adb Commands. - Executing a Program Under adb. - Working with Subroutines and Functions. - Working with Common Blocks. - Modifying Values. - Some Hints. - Chapter 6 Automatic Compilation with make. - Creating a makefile. - Dependencies. - Abbreviations and Macros. - Search Directories. - Default Compilation Rules. - Invoking make. - Convenient Flags. - make and RCS. - A Note on Source Files. - Error Messages. - Some Final Notes. - Chapter 7 Source Management with RCS. - Revision Trees. - Basic Operations. - RCS Directories and Files. - The Revision Log. - Identification Strings. - Strict Access. - More About Checking In. - New and Old Generations. - Other Features. - States. - Names. - Changing a File's Description. - Access Lists. - Chapter 8 Program Timing and Profiling. - Simple Timings. - Introduction to Profiling. - Preparing a Program for Profiling. - Name Handling. - Generating a Profile with gprof. - Interpreting a Profile from gprof. - The Flat Profile. - The Call Graph Profile. - Profiling with prof. - Appendix A Extensions and Oddities: UNIX Compatibility Issues. - UNIX FORTRAN Compilers. - UNIX Extensions. - Data Types. - Constants. - Tab Formatting. - File Inclusion. - I/O Extensions. - Intrinsic Functions. - Extensions to Avoid. - Quirks. - Save Status and Zero Initialization. - Common Block Padding. - Argument Matching. - Capitalization. - Listings. - Miscellaneous. - Appendix B Programs Mixing FORTRAN and C. - Calling C Procedures from FORTRAN. - Naming. - Arguments to Procedures. - Appendix C Data Representations. - Data Representations. - Storage Layout. - Integer Representation. - Logicals. - Floating-Point Numbers. - Single Precision (REAL, REAL*4). - Double Precision. - COMPLEX. - Error Conditions. - Appendix D UNIX Error Numbers and Signals. - General UNIX Error Numbers. - FORTRAN-Specific Error Numbers. - Signals. - Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jakutsk : Inst. Merzlotovedenija
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90233
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 164 S.
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izd. Nauka
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90240
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 135 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jakutsk : Akad. Nauk SSSR, Inst. Merzlotovedenija
    Call number: AWI G7-16-90236
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 148 S , graph. Darst., zahlr. Kt.
    Note: In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: ZSP-708-8
    In: SCAR report, No. 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 40 Seiten
    Series Statement: SCAR Report 8
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Call number: ZSP-708-6
    In: SCAR report, No. 6
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 21 Seiten
    Series Statement: SCAR report 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: XVth Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting, Paris, 19-20 October 1989. Recommendation XV-1. Comprehensive measures for the protection of the Antarctic environment and dependent and associated ecosystems. - Opening statement by the President of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) / R. M. Laws. - Presentation by the President of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) / R. M. Laws. - Report on the XIth Antarctic Treaty Special Consultative Meeting by the SCAR observer / W. N. Bonner. - Interim Report of the XIth Antarctic Treaty Special Consultative Meeting.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91531
    In: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte, Nr. 3
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: IV, 157 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte 3
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1992 , Inhalt: 1. Einleitung und Zielsetzung. - 2. Das Untersuchungsgebiet. - 2.1. Lage des Untersuchungsgebiets. - 2.2. Geologische Situation an der Galapagos-Mikroplatte. - 3. Die Sedimente im Untersuchungsgebiet. - 3.1. Übersicht. - 3.2. Die Beschreibung der Sedimentkerne. - 3.2.1. Kern 50. - 3.2.2. Kern 54. - 3.2.3. Kern 68. - 3.2.4. Kern 69. - 3.2.5. Kern 76. - 3.2.6. Kern 93. - 3.2.7. Kern 95. - 4. Die Vorbereitung der Proben. - 4.1. Probennahme. - 4.2. Aufbereitung der Proben. - 4.2.1. Zur Dichte der Beprobung. - 5. Analytik. - 5.1. Kontrolle der Meßqualität. - 5.2. Wassergehalt. - 5.3. Korngrößenbestimmung. - 5.4. Glühverlust (L.O.I.). - 5.5. Kohlenstoff-Schwefel-Analyse (CSA). - 5.6. Titrimetrische Bestimmung von Fe2+. - 5.7. Wellenlängendispersive Röntgenfluoreszenz-Analyse. - 5.8. Energiedispersive Röntgenfluoreszenz-Analyse (EDRFA). - 5.9. Graphitrohr-Atom-Absorptions-Spektrometrie. - 5.10. Instrumentelle Neutronenaktivierungs-Analyse (INAA). - 6. Spezielle Anwendungen und Weiterentwicklungen im analytischen Bereich. - 6.1. Entsalzung durch Dialyse. - 6.2. Die Trennung von Karbonat-Kohlenstoff und organischem Kohlenstoff mit Hilfe der CSA. - 6.2.1. Beschreibung des Verfahrens. - 6.2.2. Ergebnisse. - 6.3. Die Bestimmung des Calcitgehalts aus dem Glühverlust. - 6.4. Erstellung eines Auswerteprogramms für die winkeldispersive RFA. - 7. Die Bestimmung der Mineralphasen. - 7.1. Diffraktometrie. - 7.2. Differenz-Thermo-Analyse - Thermogravimetrie (DTA-TG). - 8. Wärmeflußmessungen. - 8.1. Beschreibung. - 8.2. Ergebnisse. - 9. Datierungen. - 9.1. Thorium-Datierung. - 9.2. Elektronenspin-Resonanz-Darierung (ESR). - 9.3. Sauerstoff-Isotopen-Datierung. - 9.3.1. Beschreibung. - 9.3.2. Interpretation der d 180-Kurve von Kern 93. - 9.4. Mikropaläontologie. - 9.4.1. Kern 93. - 9.4.2. Kern 68. - 9.4.3. Kern 69. - 10. Interpretation der geochemischen Daten am Beispiel von Kern 93. - 10.1. Sedimentologische Parameter. - 10.1.1. Sedimenteintrag. - 10.1.2. Bioturbation. - 10.2. Redoxprozesse während der Diagenese, eine Diskussion. - 10.2.1. Parameter. - 10.2.2. Diagenetische Mobilisation von Mangan. - 10.2.3. Die Redoxfaktoren. - 10.2.3.1. Der Eh-Wert. - 10.2.3.2. Probendichte und Untersuchungstiefe. - 10.2.3.3. Modelle. - 10.2.4. Die Einflußgrößen im einzelnen. - 10.2.4.1. Reduktion und Oxidation. - 10.2.4.2. Eh-pH Bedingungen. - 10.2.4.3. Reduktionsmittel. - 10.2.4.4. MnO2 und Mn2+. - 10.2.4.5. Tiefere Bohrungen. - 10.2.4.6. Eisen. - 10.2.5. Zusammenfassung. - 10.3. Klimatisch bedingte Parameter und Elemente. - 10.3.1. d18O. - 10.3.2. Foraminiferen. - 10.3.3. Calcit. - 10.3.4. Organischer Kohlenstoff. - 10.3.5. Phosphat. - 10.3.6. Weitere wichtige Spurenelemente. - 10.3.6.1. Brom. - 10.3.6.2. Die Seltenen Erden. - 10.3.7. Modelle zur Erklärung der Anreicherung von Mangan und Diskussion der Ergebnisse. - 11. Die Interpretation von Kern 68. - 11.1. Datierung. - 11.2. Die Asche-reiche Lage in 120 cm Teufe. - 11.3. Klimatische Parameter. - 11.4. Der Vergleich von Kern 69 mit Kern 68. - 12. Die Interpretation der Kerne 50 und 54. - 13. Die Interpretation von Kern 76. - 13.1. Die Aschelagen. - 13.1.1. Beschreibung und Genese. - 13.1.2. Zur Geochemie der Aschen. - 13.2. Die Normalsedimente in Kern 76. - 13.2.1. Anwendung der klimatischen Parameter. - 13.2.2. Weitere Elemente. - 13.3. Zusammenfassung. - 14. Die Interpretation von Kern 95. - 14.1. Übersicht. - 14.2. Die Serpentin-Schicht. - 14.3. Die hydrothermalen Sedimente oberhalb und unterhalb der Serpentin-Schicht. - 14.4. Die Klimaparameter. - 14.5. Zusammenfassung Kern 95. - 15. Zusammenfassung und Fazit. - 16. Perspektiven. - 17. Literatur. - Anhang.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Karlsruhe : Institut für Petrographie und Geochemie, Universität Karlsruhe
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91532
    In: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte, Nr. 2
    Description / Table of Contents: Der Einfluß metamorpher und hydrothermaler Überprägung auf primär angelegte magmatische und sedimentäre Schwefel-Isotopensignaturen wurden am Beispiel des 4000 m mächtigen Kristallinprofils der KTB-Vorbohrung systematisch untersucht und dargestellt. Der Einfluß der polymetamorphen Überprägung erwies sich dabei als so gering, daß die Variation der S-Isotopenverhältnisse teilweise im Rahmen prämetamorpher Prozesse interpretiert werden kann. Um Hinweise auf die Natur der Bildungs- und Isotopen-Fraktionierungsmechanismen schwefelführender Minerale zu erhalten, wurde ein chemisches Trennverfahren erarbeitet und angewendet. Die Schwefelisotopenuntersuchungen werden durch einen Beitrag zur Spurenelementgeochemie des Pyrits ergänzt. Aufgrund der Auswertung der Meßdaten mittels multivariater Methoden konnten die Pyrite in verschiedene genetische Typen klassifiziert und Beziehungen zur Isotopensignatur des Schwefels identifiziert werden.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 168 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte 2
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1992. , Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Einleitung. - 1.1 Zielsetzungen. - 1.2 Geologischer Rahmen. - 1.3 Das geologische Profil der Vorbohrung. - 1.4 Sulfidische Erzminerale in der Vorbohrung. - 2 Schwefelisotope in der Vorbohrung. - 2.1 Untersuchungsmethodik. - 2.1.1 Probennahme und Aufbereitung. - 2.1.1.1 Proben aus Bohrkern und Bohrklein. - 2.1.1.2 Spülungsproben. - 2.1.2 Messung der S-Isotopenverhältnisse. - 2.1.3 Bestimmung der S-und C-Gehalte. - 2.2 Ergebnisse. - 2.2.1 Das S-Isotopenprofil der Vorbohrung. - 2.2.2 Beziehungen zwischen S-Isotopenmuster und Geochemie der Paragneise. - 2.2.3 Schwefelisotope in fluiden Phasen. - 2.2.3.1 Tiefenwässer. - 2.2.3.2 Bohrspülung. - 2.3 Interpretation des Isotopenprofils. - 2.3.1 Fraktionierungsmechanismen der S-Isotope. - 2.3 .1.1 Thermodynamische Fraktionierung. - 2.3.1.2 Kinetische Fraktionierung. - 2.3.2 Relikte prämetamorpher Isotopenmuster. - 2.3.2.1 Sedimentäre Relikte. - 2.3.2.1.1 Fraktionierungsmechanismen in Sedimentgesteinen. - 2.3.2.1.2 Sedimentäre Pyritbildung. - 2.3.2.1.3 S/C-Verhältnisse in Paragneisen der Vorbohrung. - 2.3.2.1.4 Interpretation des S-Isotopenmusters der Paragneise. - 2.3.2.2 Magmatische Relikte. - 2.3.3 Die metamorphe Überprägung. - 2.3.3.1 Thermodynamische Fraktionierungsprozesse. - 2.3.3.1.1 Sulfid-Sulfid Systeme. - 2.3.3.1.2 Sulfid-Sulfat Systeme. - 2.3.3.2 Kinetische Fraktionierungsprozesse durch metamorphe Reaktionen. - 2.3.3.2.1 Thermische Dissoziation von Pyrit. - 2.3.3.2.2 Sulfurisation und Sulfid / Silikat-(/Oxid-)Reaktionen. - 2.3.3.2.3 Hydratation von Sulfiden. - 2.3.3.2.4 Sulfatreaktionen. - 2.3.3.2.4.1 Isomorpher SO4 2- Einbau. - 2.3.3.2.4.2 Nichtbakterielle Sulfatreduktion. - 2.3.4 Die postmetamorphe hydrothermale Überprägung. - 2.3.4.1 Die Isotopensignatur der hydrothermalen Mineralisation. - 2.3.4.2 S-Isotopenverhältnisse in hydrothermalen Fluiden. - 3 Spurenelementsystematik der Pyrite. - 3.1 Allgemeine Charakteristika der Spurenelemente in Pyriten. - 3.2 Untersuchungsmethodik. - 3.2.1 Bestimmungen im Pyrit (ICP-MS). - 3.2.2 Bestimmungen im Nebengestein (ED-RFA und INAA). - 3.3 Ergebnisse und Auswertung der Daten. - 3.3.1 Erscheinungsformen des Pyrits. - 3.3.2 Spurenelementmuster der Pyrite. - 3.3.2.1 Grundlagen der Faktoren- und Clusteranalyse. - 3.3.2.2 Die Auswertung der Meßergebnisse. - 3.3.2.3 Geochemie ausgewählter Spurenelemente. - 3.3.2.3.1 Kobalt und Nickel. - 3.3.2.3.2 Das S:Se-Verhältnis. - 3.3.2.3.3 Die Seltenen Erden. - 3.3.2.4 Beziehungen zwischen dem Spurenelementgehalt der Pyrite und dem der Nebengesteine. - 3.3.2.4.1 Anreicherungen. - 3.3.2.4.2 Korrelationen. - Zusammenfassung. - Literaturverzeichnis. - Anhang. - Tabelle 1 - Durchgeführte Analysen. - Tabelle 2 - Spurenelementgehalte der analysierten Pyritpräparate. - Tabelle 3- Schwefel, Kohlenstoff, Fe2O3- und Spurenelementgehalte im Nebengestein. - Tabelle 4 - Gehalte von Co, Cr, Sc, Sb, Th, U und SEE im Nebengestein (INA-Analysen). - Tabelle 5 - Vergleich zwischen den Soll- und Istwerten der Standardproben die mit den Pyritproben mitgemessen wurden (ICP-MS). - Tabelle 6 -Vergleich zwischen den Soll- und Istwerten der Standardproben die mit den Proben aus dem Nebengestein mitgemessen wurden (ED-RFA). - Fortran-Programm DELHYD.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91580
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VI, 221 S , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt
    ISBN: 0947643605 (kart.)
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Preface. - Dedication. - List of Contributors. - 1. Exine ultrastructure in the spores of enigmatic Devonian plants: its bearing on the interpretation of relationships and on the origin of the sporophyte / A. R. Hemsley. - 2. A review of Mesozoic megaspore ultrastructure / W. L. Kovach. - 3. Tests and applications of a method of quantitative analysis of fossil and extant lycopsid megaspore walls / W. A. Taylor. - 4. Exospore ultrastructure in Carboniferous sphenopsids / B. Lugardon and C. Brousmiche Delcambre. - 5. Comparative ultrastructure of living and fossil matoniaceous spores (Pteridophyta) / J. H. A. Van Konijnenburg-Van Cittert and M.H. Kurmann. - 6. Ultrastructure of Teickertospora torquata (Higgs) from the Late Devonian: oldest saccate palynomorph / C. B. Foster and B.E. Balme. - 7. Comparative ultrastructure of fossil gymnosperm pollen and its phylogenetic implications / J. M. Osborn and T. N. Taylor . - 8. Pollen morphological diversity in extant and fossil gymnosperms / M. H. Kurmann and M. S. Zavada. - 9. Ultrastructure of pollen from Cretaceous angiosperm reproductive structures / K. R. Pedersen, E. M. Friis and P. R. Crane. - 10. Ultrastructure and relationships of mid-Cretaceous polyforate and triporate pollen from Northern Gondwana / J. V. Ward and J. A. Doyle. - 11. Pollen ultrastructure of Pandanaceae and the fossil genus Pandaniidites / C. L. Hotton, H. A. Leffingwell and J. J. Skvarla. - 12. Relationship between Propylipollis annularis (Tertiary dispersed pollen) and extant Xylomelum (Proteaceae) / L. A. Milne. - Taxonomic Index.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam [u.a.] : Elsevier Scientific Publ.
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI Bio-99-0079-2
    In: The Northwest European Pollen Flora, II
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: V, 265 S. , zahlr. Ill.
    ISBN: 0444418806
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Preface / G. C. S. Clarke and W. Punt. - 8. Solanaceae / W. Punt and M. Monna-Brands. - 9. Saxifragaceae / A. A. M. L. Verbeek-Reuvers. - 10. Boraginaceae / G. C. S. Clarke. - 11. Escalloniaceae / A. A. M. L. Verbeek-Reuvers. - 12. Grossulariaceae / A.A.M.L. Verbeek-Reuvers. - 13. Hydrangeaceae / A. A. M. L. Verbeek-Reuvers. - 14. Parnassiaceae / A. A. M. L. Verbeek-Reuvers. - 15. Plantaginaceae / G. C. S. Clarke and M. R.Jones. - 16. Valerianaceae / G. C. S. Clarke and M. R. Jones. - 17. Aceraceae / G. C. S. Clarke and M. R. Jones. - 18. Hippuridaceae / M. S. Engel. - 19. Haloragaceae / M. S. Engel. - 20. Papaveraceae / A. J. Kalis. - Index. - Errata.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: AWI G10-18-91638
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 184 Seiten , zahlreiche graphische Darstellungen , 1 Karte
    ISBN: 3-88452-712-6
    Series Statement: Göttinger Beiträge zur Land- und Forstwirtschaft in den Tropen und Subtropen 56
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Göttingen, Univ., Diss., 1990 , Inhaltsverzeichnis: I Verzeichnis der Abbildungen. - II Verzeichnis der Tabellen. - III Anhangsverzeichnis. - IV Anlagenverzeichnis. - 1 Einleitung. - 2 Die natürlichen Gegebenheiten. - 2.1 Die Lage. - 2.2 Klima. - 2.3 Geologie und Tektonik. - 2.4 Böden 2.5 Vegetation. - 3 Zur Landschaftsgeschichte des Untersuchungsgebietes. - 3.1 Morphodynamik des Hügel-Terrassen-Reliefs. - 3.1.1 Die Entstehung der Terrassenfolge. - 3.1.2 Morphadynamischer Zyklus im Bereich des Terrassenreliefs. - 3.1.3 Morphadynamischer Zyklus im Bereich des Hügelreliefs. - 3.2 Beschreibung der Reliefelemente. - 3.3 Versuch einer landschaftsgeschichtlichen Deutung. - 3.3.1 Zeitvorstellungen. - 4 Methodik. - 4.1 Die geomorphologische Karte. - 4.1.1 Transekte und Bodenprofile. - 4.2 Rodenanalysen. - 4.3 Ergebnisse. - 4.3.1 Die HCl-Reaktion. - 4.1.2 pH-Wert. - 4.3.3 CaCO3. - 4.4.4 C-Gehalt. - 4.4.5 N-Gehalt. - 4.4.6 Textur. - 5 Bodenklassifikation. - 5.1 Die Bodeneinheiten und Subeinheiten. - 5.2 Beschreibung und Verbreitung der Bodeneinheiten. - 5.2.1 Fluvisols. - 5.2.1.1 Calcaric Fluvisols. - 5.2.2 Regosols. - 5.2.2.1 Calcaric Regosols. - 5.2.2.2 Eutric Regosols. - 5.2.3 Leptasols. - 5.2.3.1 Rendzic Leptasols. - 5.2.3.2 Mollic Leptasols. - 5.2.3.3 Eutric Leptasols. - 5.2.4 Kastanozems. - 5.2.4.1 Verti-Calcic Kastanozems. - 5.2.4.2 Rubbi-Haplic Kastanozems. - 5.2.4.3 Haplic Kastanozems. - 5.2.5 Chernozems. - 5.2.5.1 Verti-Haplic Chernozems. - 5.2.5.2 Verti-Calcic Chernozems. - 5.2.5.3 Haplic Chernozems. - 5.2.6 Vertisols. - 5.2.6.1 Calcic Vertisols. - 5.3 Bodenmorphologie. - 6 Darstellung der untersuchten Transekte. - 6.1 Einleitung. - 6.2 Transektbeschreibungen. - 6.2.1 Transekt 8 'San Rafael'. - 6.2.2 Transekt 7 'Ojo de Agua'. - 6.2.3 Transekt 5 'El Mirador'. - 6.2.4 Transekt 1 'Microondas'. - 6.2.5 Transekt 10 'El Terreno'. - 6.2.6 Transekt 4 'Emiliano Zapata'. - 6.2.7 Transekt 3 'San Angel'. - 6.2.8 Transekt 9 "La Petaca-Guadalupe'. - 7 Die Verbreitung der Bodentypen anhand der geomorphologischen Karte. - 7.1 Einleitung. - 7.2 Die geomorphologischen Einheiten und ihre Bodenvergesellschaftungen. - 7.2.1 Die Vergesellschaftung im Kolinar C3 7.2.2 Die Vergesellschaftung im Kolinar C2. - 7.2.3 Die Vergesellschaftung im Kolinar C1 7.2.4 Die Vergesellschaftung auf der T5 Terrasse. - 7.2.5 Die Vergesellschaftung auf der T4 Terrasse. - 7.2.6 Die Vergesellschaftung auf der T3 Terrasse. - 7.2.7 Die Vergesellschaftung auf der T2 Terrasse. - 7.2.8 Die Vergesellschaftung auf der T1 Terrasse. - 8 Diskussion und Schlußfolgerungen. - 8.1 Vorstellungen von der regionalen Landschaftsgeschichte. - 8.2 Entstehung von Caliche-Schotterterrassen. - 8.2.1 Die Verbreitung von Caliche-Schotterterrassen. - 8.2.2 Entstehung von mit Caliche verhärteten Schotterterrassen. - 8.2.3 Versuch einer Deutung der calichierten Schotterterrassen. - 8.3 Komplex: Terrassen-Caliche-Klima. - 8.3.1 Paläoklimatische Hypothesen für Nordmexiko und S-USA. - 8.3.2 Deutung der Befunde in der Region anhand der klimatischen Hypothesen. - 8.4 Bodengenese. - 8.5 Bodenklassifikation und einheimische Bodenbezeichnungen. - 8.6 Die Landschaftstypen in der Region. - 9 Zusammenfassung. - 10 Literaturverzeichnis. - Anhang.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: AWI G1-19-92116
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 85 Blatt , Illustrationen
    Language: English , German , Spanish
    Note: Beiträge teilweise Deutsch, teilweise Englisch, teilweise Spanisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: ZSP-119-1
    In: Altenburger naturwissenschaftliche Forschungen, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 171 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Altenburger naturwissenschaftliche Forschungen 1
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT 1. Einleitung und Überblick Historisches Glaziäre und periglaziäre Umwelt Tier, Pflanze, Mensch Frostmarken Bisherige Periglaziärstudien im Arbeitsgebiet Dank 2. Allgemeiner Teil 2.1. Die gegenwärtigen Frostgebiete der Erde und ihr wichtigster Formenschatz Entstehungsbedingungen des Dauerfrostbodens Geschlossene und unterbrochene Dauerfrostzone Bodeneisgehalt Bodeneistypen Frostbodenzerfall, Auftauboden (Mollisol) Thermoerosion, Thermoplanation, Thermokarst 2.2. Kryogenetische Prozesse und Erscheinungen Gelifraktion Kryoturbation (als wesentliche Erscheinung des Frostbodenzerfalls) 2.3. Auffrieroberflächenformen Erdhügel Gefrorene Torfhügel Palsen Pingos (Bulgunnjachi) 2.4. Frostrisse, insbesondere Eiskeile und ihre Pseudomorphosen 2.4.1. Allgemeine Bildungsbedingungen rezenter Frostrisse 2.4.2. Fossile Frostrisse (Spalten und Keile) 2.4.2.1. Vorkommen der fossilen Frostrisse 2.4.2.2. Frostrisse in den Schotterterrassen und anderen nichtbindigen Sedimenten (Typen, Formen, Genese, Verfüllungsprozeß, Datierung) 2.4.2.3. "Riesen-Frosttaschen" (Lehmstränge und -taschen) 3. Spezieller Teil 3.1. Grundzüge der Quartärentwicklung im Saale-Eibe-Gebiet 3.1.1. Frühpleistozän und Elstereiszeit 3.1.2. Holsteinwarmzeit 3.1.3. Saaleeiszeit 3.1.4.Eemwarmzeit 3.1.5. Weichseleiszeit 3.2. Kaltklimazeugen im Saale-Eibe-Gebiet (ohne solikinetische Strukturen) 3.2.1. Frühpleistozän bis Pliozän A-Schotter der Elbe Obere frühpleistozäne Terrasse Mittlere frühpleistozäne Terrasse Untere frühpleistozäne Terrasse 3.2.2. Elstereiszeit Zwickauer Phase Frühelsterterrasse Lauseuer Kliff Hohendorfer Becken Schmelzwassersande Miltitzer Zwischensediment Markraustädter Phase Gemischte Rückzugssedimente 3.2.3. Saaleeiszeit (Zeitzer und Leipziger Phase) Ältere und Jüngere Hauptterrasse Aufschlüsse Lochau, Leipzig-West, Delitzsch Schmelzwassersedimente Fließerdenkomplex 3.2.4. Weichseleiszeit Niederterrasse Sedimentfolge Ascherslebeuer See Löße 3.3. Fluviatile, solifluidale-deluviale und äolische Prozesse und Sedimente 3.3.1. Der Kanon der Flußarbeit im Periglazial 3.3.2. Solifluktions- und Abschwemmungsperioden, Periglazialseen Frühpleistozän Elstereiszeit Saaleeiszeit Weichseleiszeit 3.4. Talasymmetrie 3.5. Trockentäler 3.6. Solikinese (Bodenverdrängung, Bodenauftrieb) 3.6.1. Allgemeines 3.6.2. Dichtesaigerung 3.6.3. Ausgleichsbewegungen durch Belastungsunterschiede 3.6.4. Freie und erzwungene Solikinese 3.6.5. Solikinese minerogener Sedimente 3.6.6. Solikinese der Braunkohle 3.6.6.1. Solikinetische Erscheinungen außerhalb der Vereisungsgebiete 3.6.6.2. Solikinetische Erscheinungen im Saale-Elbe-Gebiet 3.6.6.2.1. Alter des Kohleaufstiegs 3.6.6.2.2. Ursachen des Kohleaufstiegs 3.6.6.2.3. Braunkohle, das Pendant des Salzes 3.6.6.2.4. Kohleaufstieg und Frosttiefe Zusammenfassung Summary Literaturauswahl Ortsverzeichnis Sachverzeichnis Bilderteil , Mit englischer Zusammenfassung
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: AWI G9-19-92232
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 28 Seiten
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : [Verlag nicht ermittelbar]
    Call number: AWI P4-19-92238
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 16 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: AWI A13-19-92401
    Description / Table of Contents: The book "Mathematical modelling of general circulation of the atmosphere and ocean" (G. I. Marchuk, V. P. Dymnikov, V. N. Lykossov, V. B. Zalesny, V. Ya. Galin) contains the sistematic description of the mathematical and physical aspects of the problem of general circulation atmosphere and ocean modelling, beginning from the governing equations to the analysis of numerical experiments and programme realization on the different generation computers. The problems of sub-grid processes parametrization methods and the sensitivity of the models to the parametrization of the cloud-radiation interaction, large-scale condensation processes parametrization of the boundary layer are also considered in the book. The book is intended for the experts in numerical and applied mathematics, geophysical hydrodynamics as well as students of universities, concerned with numerical methods of the ocean and the atmosphere simulation.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 320 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: AWI A5-19-92408
    Description / Table of Contents: In the book "Weather Condition and Helicopter Flights" by G. I. Mazurov and V. N. Nesteruk presented interaction between helicopters and environment, influence of meteorological factors and weather phenomena on the safety of helicopter multipurpose employment, physical nature of the influence of meteorological factors on the flights and the helicopter operation peculiarities in various geographical regions under marginal meteorological conditions are considered. The aerodynamical aspects of the interaction between the main rotor and the atmosphere are studied. Recommendations for further efficiency in the meteorological support of helicopter flight safety are put forward. It is for the first time that the problems of aviation meteorology with reference to helicopter aircraft are summarized in one issue. The book is intended for helicopter pilots, experts in aviation and synoptical meteorology, atmospheric physics, as well as aviation school cadets. It may be employed as a teaching aid for flight personnel classes. The book is useful for wide sections of readers and experts in the adventitious and purpose ful influence of the aircraft on environment and in transportation ecology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 253 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-286-00862-1
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Palisades : Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, Columbia University
    Call number: AWI G2-19-92382
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 690 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents CHAPTER 1 INTERNAL CYCLING AND THROUGHPUT : Pathways from River Mouth to Sea Floor Depth Profiles of Sea Salt Composition Constituent Classification The Chemical Composition of Marine Organic Matter Composition of Particulate Matter Caught in Sediment Traps A Simple Model for Biologically Utilized CDnstituents The Distributions of Biointermediate Constituents Estimation of Input Rates Horizontal Segregation of CDnstituents in the Deep Sea Summary CHAPTER 2 THE SEDIMENTARY SINK Factors Influencing the Distribution of Sedimentary Constituents Introduction Sediment Types Distribution of Opal Production Opal Solution on the Sea Floor Distribution of Calcite in Marine Sediments Degree of Calcite Saturation Variation in the Carbonate Ion Content of Sea Water Spacial Variations in the CaC0 3 Saturation of Sea Water Factors Controlling the Rate of Calcite Solution Thickness and Shape of the Sublysocline Transition Zone Variation of Sediment Type with Time Manganese Nodules Summary CHAPTER 3 THE ATMOSPHERIC IMPRINT : The Cycles of Gases within the Sea Introduction Solubilities of Gases in Sea Water The Rate of Gas Exchange Stagnant Film Thickness Derived from Natural Radiocarbon Stagnant Film Thicknesses Determined by the Radon Method Oxygen Concentrations in Surface Ocean Water Oxygen Deficiencies in the Deep Sea The Marine N2O Cycle Excess Helium The Carbon Dioxide Content of Surface Ocean Water Origin of the Equatorial Pacific CO2 Anomaly Summary CHAPTER 4 REACTIVE METALS AND THE GREAT PARTICULATE SWEEP : The Cycle of Metals in the Sea Introduction Products of Uranium and Thorium Decay Thorium Isotopes in the Sea Protactinium-231 to Thorium-230 Activity Ratios The Distribution of Lead-210 The Distribution of Polonium-210 The Distribution of Radium-226 Anthropogenic Plutonium in the Sea Toward a Model of Metal Transport Distributions of Stable Metals in the Sea Stable Isotope Ratios in Reactive Metals Transport of Iron and Manganese in the Sea Lessons from Controlled Ecosystem Studies Distribution Coefficients Summary CHAPTER 5 HOW FAST DOES THE MILL GRIND? : Rates of Vertical Mixing and Sediment Accumulation Introduction Rate of Vertical Mixing Implication to the Distribution of Radium-226 Distribution of Radiocarbon in the Ocean Rate of Continental Runoff Sediment Accumulation Rates Radiocarbon Dating Uranium Series Dating Beryllium Dating Potassium-Argon Dating Agreement Among Dating Methods Comparison of Model and Observed Rates of CaC0 3 Solution Summary CHAPTER 6 WHAT KEEPS THE SYSTEM IN WHACK? : Control Mechanisms Operating in the Sea Introduction Phosphate Controls Silicate Controls Carbon Controls Interactions between the Phosphate and Carbon Controls Nitrate Controls Dissolved Oxygen Controls Major Anion Controls Major Cation Controls Possible Causes for Perturbations Recorders of Paleoocean Chemistry The Marine Geochemistry of Carbon-13 The Uranium Content of Coral Factors Influencing Nutrient Gradients in the Deep Sea Summary CBAPTER 7 FREIGHT TRAINS AND FICKIAN CONFUSION : The Movement of Water Through the Deep Sea Introduction Types of Motion One Dimensional Advection - Diffusion Model Tracers for Diapycnal and Isopycnal Mixing Mixing Rates Based on Radon-222 and Radium-228 The Distribution of Helium-3 in the Deep Pacific Sources of Deep Water Northern Component Water Conservative Properties of NCW Initial Radiocarbon to Carbon Ratio in NCW Feed for NCW Production Southern Component Water Ventilation of the Deep Atlantic Ocean Ventilation of the Deep Pacific and Indian Oceans The Grand Cycle of Radiocarbon in the Deep Ocean Biological Short-Circuiting Temporal Variations in Radiocarbon Production Argon-39 Summary CHAPTER 8 THE ANTHROPOGENIC INVASION : The Movement of Water Through the Oceanic Thermocline Introduction Input Functions Hydrology of the Main Thermocline Tritium Distribution within the Thermocline Temporal Trends in Tritium Tritium as a Guide to Deep Water Formation Supplementary Information from Strontium-90 Bomb Carbon-14 Distribution within the Thermocline Explanations for Low Equatorial Bomb Carbon-14 Inventories Implications of Equatorial Upwelling to the Tritium Budget An Upwelling Rate Based on the Equatorial CO2 Anomaly Helium-3 Distribution in the Main Oceanic Thermocline Purposeful Tracers Summary CHAPTER 9 ICE SHEETS AND OCEAN PHOSPHATE : Glacial to Interglacial Changes in Ocean Chemistry Introduction Temperature and Salinity Changes Formation and Destruction of Organic Materials Changes in CaCO3 Storage Evidence for an Early Post-Glacial Lysocline Change Changes in Phosphate Concentration The Combined Evidence from Deep Sea Cores Cause of the Oceanic Phosphate Change An Alternate Scenario Wrap Up of the CO2 Record The Oxygen Record Glacial to Interglacial Changes in Ocean Mixing Rate Glacial to Interglacial Lysocline Changes Changes in the Distribution of Nutrients in the Deep Sea Summary CHAPTER 10 CAN MAN OVERRIDE THE CONTROLS? : The Buildup of Fossil Fuel CO2 in the Atmosphere and Oceans Introduction CO2 Production in the Past CO2 Production in the Future Capacity of the Sea for Fossil Fuel CO2 Uptake Utilizable Capacity - Simplified Calculation Utilizable Capacity - Rigorous Calculation Kinetics of Fossil Fuel CO2 Uptake by the Sea Numerical Model crosschecks on the Validity of the Numerical Model Prediction of Future CO2 Levels Solution of Sea Floor Calcite Summary REFERENCES, CONSTANTS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND INDEX Introduction to the References Subject Outline for the References Annotated Reference List Frequently Used Constants Definitions of Isotope Notations Abbreviations Index Foldout Caption
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(1990/1991)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, [4]
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 170 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung [4.]
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitende Übersicht 2. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit 2.1 Nationale Zusammenarbeit 2.2 Internationale Zusammenarbeit 3. Forschungsarbeiten - Expeditionen 3.1 ANTVIII 3.2 ARKVII 3.3 ANT IX 3.4 ARK VIII 3.5 ANT X/1 4. Arbeitsberichte der Sektionen 4.1 Biologie I (Zoologie) 4.2 Biologie II (Botanik und Mikrobiologie) 4.3 Chemie 4.4 Geologie 4.5 Geophysik 4.6 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre I (Feldstudien) 4.7 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre 11 (Modelle) 4.8 Meeresphysik und Meßwesen 5. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen 6. Logistik 6.1 Polarstationen 6.2 FS "Polarstern" und FK ,,Victor Hensen" 6.3 Polarflugzeuge und Hubschrauber 6.4 Ingenieurprojekte 6.5 Allgemeine Logistik 7. Zentrale Einrichtungen 7.1 Öffentlichkeitsarbeit 7.2 Bibliothek 7.3 Rechenzentrum 8. Personeller Ausbau und Haushaltsentwicklung 8.1 Personal 8.2 Haushalt Anhang I. Personal II. Wissenschaftl. Veranstaltungen III. Publikationen des Instituts IV. Veröffentlichungen der Mitarbeiter V. Abgeschlossene Examensarbeiten VI. "Polarstern"-Expeditionen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Tokyo : National Institute of Polar Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-714-2
    In: Science in Antarctica, 2.
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: viii, 325 Seiten , Illustrationen , 27 cm
    ISBN: 4-7722-1285-X
    Series Statement: Science in Antarctica 2
    Language: Japanese
    Note: In japanischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94356
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 308 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Hoppea 52.1992
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt Vorwort 1. Allgemeines 1.1 Abgrenzungsmerkmale in der Gattung Pinnularia 1.2 Ökologische Bemerkungen 1.3 Anton Mayers Pinnularia-Bearbeitung 2. Spezieller Teil 2.1 Vorbemerkungen 2.2 Schalenmorphologie und Terminologie 2.3 Von Mayer beschriebene Pinnularia-Taxa 2.4 Gruppierung der Taxa 2.5 Erläuterungen zu den Beschreibungen der Taxa 2.6 Erläuterungen zum Bestimmungsschlüssel der Arten, wichtigen Varietäten und Morphotypen 2.7 Bestimmungsschlüssel 2.8 Beschreibungen der Taxa 3. Bemerkungen zu den Fundorten und Tafeln 3.1 Fundorte der Proben von Anton Mayer und ihre Diatomeenassoziationen 3.2 Die 80 Tafeln von Anton Mayer 3.3 Die Tafeln mit Mikrophotographien 4. Literatur 5. Tafeln 6. Index der Taxa und wichtigsten Synonyme
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : British Antarctic Survey
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94362
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 214 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Edition: 1st published
    ISBN: 0856651400
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS ECOLOGY 1 Sea ice: its formation, distribution and properties 2 Ice-associated ecosystems 3 Ice diatoms 4 Techniques for sampling sea-ice algae 5 The Antarctic planktonic ecosystem 6 Some aspects of the large-scale physical oceanography of the Arctic Ocean influencing biological oceanography 7 Arctic planktonic ecosystems 8 Arctic plankton diatoms: dominant species, biogeography 9 The paleontological significance of fossil diatoms from the high-latitude oceans TAXONOMY 10 Key to diatom families and glossary 11 Family Thalassiosiraceae Section 1: the genera Skeletonema, Pororsira, Bacterosira, and Detonula and the genus Thalassiosira from the Arctic Section 2: the genus Thalassiosira from the Antarctic 12 Family Leptocylindraceae: the genus Corethron 13 Family Coscinodiscaceae: the genus Stellarima 14 Family Hemidiscaceae: the genera Actinocyclus and Azpeitia 15 Family Rhizosoleniaceae: the genera Rhizosolenia and Proboscia 16 Family Biddulphiaceae: the genus Eucampia 17 Family Diatomaceae: the genera Thalassiothrix and Trichotoxon 18 Family Naviculaceae: Arctic species of the genera Diploneis, Gyrosigma, Haslea, Navicula, Pinnularia, Pleurosigma, Stauroneis and Stenoneis 19 Family Naviculaceae: the genera Plagiotropis, Manguinea, Membraneis, and Banquisia 20 Family Naviculaceae: the genus Pseudogomphonema 21 Family Auriculaceae and Bacillariaceae: the genera Auricula, Hantzschia, and Nitzschia 22 Family Bacillariaceae: the genus Nitzschia section Pseudonitzschia 23 Family Bacillariaceae: the genus Nitzschia section Nitzschiella 24 Family Bacillariaceae: the genus Nitzschia section Fragilariopsis BIBLlOGRAPHY
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jakutsk : Institut Merzlotovedenija SO AN SSSR
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94852
    Description / Table of Contents: В книге рассматриваются физико-географические основы развития аласов Центральной Якутии. Изучение особенностей эволюции аласов проводится в тесной взаимосвязи с современными изменениями элементов климата и мерзлотно-rеолоrическоrо строения региона на основе обобщения обширного материала по стратификации донных отложений и применения пространственно-временного анализа. Выявлен ритмический характер развития аласов. Установлено, что в обводнении аласных котловин прослеживаются вековые и внутривековые колебания. книга представляет интерес для мерзлотоведов, лимнологов, географов, изыскателей, работников сельского хозяйства и экологов.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The book discusses the physical and geographical foundations for the development of the Alasses of Central Yakutia. The study of the features of the evolution of alas is carried out in close connection with modern changes in the elements of climate and the permafrost-rheological structure of the region based on the generalization of extensive material on the stratification of bottom sediments and the use of spatio-temporal analysis. The rhythmic nature of the development of the alas was revealed. It has been established that secular and intrasecular fluctuations can be traced in the flooding of alas basins. The book is of interest to permafrost scientists, limnologists, geographers, surveyors, agricultural workers and ecologists.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 127 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-7623-0283-0
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВАВНИВ Введение Глава I. ИСТОРИЯ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЯ И СОВРЕМЕННОЕ ПРЕДСТАВЛЕНИЕ ОБ ЭВОЛЮЦИИ AЛACOB Глава 2. ФИЗИКО-ГЕОГРАФИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ РАЗВИТИЯ АЛАСОВ Глава 3. ГЕОКРИОЛОГИЧЕСКИЕ УСЛОВИЯ РАЗВИТИЯ АЛАСОВ Глава 4. МОРФОЛОГИЧЕСКИЕ ОСОБЕННОСТИ И ЗАКОНОМЕРНОСТИ РАСПРОСТРАНЕНИЯ AЛACOB 4.1. Морфометрия и морфология аласов 4.2. Распространение аласов 4.3. Ориентированные аласы и их происхождение Глава 5. ЗАВИСИМОСТЬ РАЗВИТИЯ АЛАСОВ ОТ УВЛАЖНЕННОСТИ ТЕРРИТОРИИ 5.1. О ритмичности природных процессов и явлений 5.2. Изменения суммы атмосферных осадков 5.3. Изменения обводнения аласов 5.4. Колебания уровня аласных озер за период инструментальннх наблюдений 5.5. Связь колебаний уровня озер с общей увлажненностью территории Глава 6. ОТЛОЖЕНИЯ АЛАСНЫХ ОЗЕР - ОТРАЖЕНИЕ ИСТОРИИ РАЗВИТИЯ АЛАСОВ 6.1. Методика проведенного исследования 6.2. Механизм формирования донных отложений аласных озер 6.3. Стратификация и состав донных отложений аласных озер 6.4. Спорово-пыльцевой спектр донных отложений и природные особенности прошлых эпох 6.5. Колебания уровня аласных озер за многолетний период rлава 7. НАРОДНОХО3ЯЙСТВЕННОЕ ЗНАЧЕНИЕ ПРОВЕДЕННЫХ ИССЛЕДОВАНИЙ ЛИТЕРАТУРА , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: AWI G4-22-94968
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 532 Seiten , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    ISBN: 0-662-18742-3
    Series Statement: NHRI symposium No. 6
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD PREFACE INTRODUCTION SECTION 1: GENERAL PAPERS Case Study of a Grounded Jam; Restigouche River, New Brunswick / by S. Beltaos and B.C. Burrell Water Balance and Geochemistry Studies in a Tundra Watershed, District of Keewatin, Northwest Territories / by G.G. Bursey, T.W.D. Edwards and S.K. Frape River Icing Mounds: a Winter Water Source on the Eastern North Slope of Alaska / by E.F. Chacho, C.M. Collins, A.J. Delaney and S.A. Arcone Geochemical Evolution of Water in a Continental High Boreal Wetland Basin: Preliminary Results / by D. Craig A Physical Model of Ice Overthn.ist during the Break-Up of Intact River-Ice Covers / by M.N. Demuth and T.D. Prowse Seasonal Changes in the Hydrochemistry of Land Drainage: Colour Lake Catchment, Axel Heiberg Island, N.W.T. / by M. English, S. Schiff, M. Ecclestone, W.P. Adams, M. Hinton, L. Pezzutto, R. Elgood, C. Allan and D. Pierson Shape, Length and Flow· Conditions of Conduits at South Cascade Glacier, Washington State, U.S.A. / by A.G. Fountain CO2-Rich Ground Waters of the Flat River Valley, N.W.T. / by S.M. Hamilton, F.A. Michel and C.W. Jefferson Regional Snow Ablation in the Alaskan Arctic / by L.D. Hinzman, D.L. Kane and R.E. Giec Regionalization of Low Flows in Yukon Territory / by J.R. Janowicz Discharge Regimes of a Glacierized Basin, Slims River, Yukon / by P.G. Johnson Pulses in Glacier Discharge: Indicators of the Internal Drainage System of Glaciers / by P.G. Johnson Drainage of an Ice-Dammed Lake, Kaskawulsh Glacier Basin, Yukon / by J.N. Kasper and P.G. Johnson On Areal Distribution. of Snowcover in a Mountainous Area / by A. Killingtveit and K. Sand Hydrogeochemical Aspects of Two Selected Sites in a Fringe Zone of Discontinuous Permafrost / by Y.T.J. Kwong, D. Craig and M. Griffin Ice-Cover Growth and Freeze-Out of Solutes in a Mackenzie Delta Lake / by L.F.W. Lesack, P. Marsh and R.E. Hecky Hydrological Processes in a Small Catchment Containing a Perennial Snowbank, Melville Island, N.W.T. / by A.G. Lewkowicz and K.L. Young On Modelling Surface Meltwater Discharge from Arctic and Alpine Glaciers / by D.S. Munro A High Arctic Occurrence of Seasonal Frost Mounds / by W.H. Pollard Relationships between Snow Chemistry and Blowing Snow: Initial Findings / by J.W. Pomeroy, T.D. Davies and M. Tranter Peatlands of the Lake Melville Coastal Plain, Labrador / by J.S. Price, D.A. Maloney and F.G. Downey Constraints on the Origin of Acidity in Colour Lake, Axel Heiberg Island (79°25'N) / by S. Schiff, M. English, M. Ecclestone, R. Elgood, M. Hinton and L. Pezzutto Longitudinal Dispersion in the Ice-Covered Athabasca River / by G. Van Der Vinne and D. Andres Economic Impact of River Ice Jams in Canada / by G. Van Der Vinne, T.D. Prowse and D. Andres Estimation of Mass-Balance and Run-Off Component of Urumqi Glacier No. I from Water-Balance Analysis / by Z. Yang SECTION 2: MODELLING Interactive Modelling of Cold Regions Watersheds with SSARR / by E.A. Cassell and T. Pangburn Estimates of Evaporation in the Yukon and Northwest Territories / by J. Haas A Basin Water-Storage Model to Forecast Columbia River Discharge / by W. Tangborn Preliminary Findings from Experiments on Frazil and Anchor Ice in a Circular Flume / by G. Tsang and B. Trapp On Computer Simulation of Ice Motion in Rivers / by O.G. Vinogradov, A. Springer and P. Wierzba SECTION 3: OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS Transformation of Heavy Metals under Tidal Flows in the Severnaya Dvina Estuary / by V.F. Brekhovskikh, A.N. Malutin and M.A. Mordasov Northern River: BOD-DO Model / by V.F. Brekhovskikh and G.V. Volpian Water Storage in Alpine Glaciers (Abstract) / by M.M. Brugman Snowmelt Infiltration into Frozen Soil at Sites in the Discontinuous Permafrost Zone Near Mayo, Yukon Territory / by C.R. Bum Use of Periphyton Indices as a Biological Measure of Water Quality in Small Rivers / by E.A. Goncharevich Yukon and Northwest Territories Ground-Water Data Base / by P. Hardisty, V. Schilder, T. Dabrowski and J. Wells Some Aspects of Glacier Hydrology in China / by X. Hu and Z. Yang Modelled Estimates of Changes in the Water Balance of Forested Northern River Basins / by Yu.G. Motovilov and N.A. Nazarov Study of Surface Water Quality in the Northern Region Subject to Pollution / by A.N. Shammasov Response of Riverine and Lacustrine Biocenoses to Human Impact / by N.S. Zolotareva and M.A. Mordasov APPENDIX A: LIST OF PARTICIPANTS
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Saskatoon, Sask., Canada : National Hydrology Research Institute
    Call number: AWI G4-22-94967
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 308 Seiten , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    ISBN: 0-662-17076-8
    Series Statement: NHRI science report No. 1
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS FOREWORD PREFACE LIST OF FIGURES LIST OF TABLES 1. NORTHERN HYDROLOGY: AN OVERVIEW 1.1. Introduction 1.2. Definition of "North" 1.2.1. Physical North 1.2.1.1. Polar Circles 1.2.1.2. Temperature 1.2.1.3. Snow/Ice Covers 1.2.1.4. Frozen Ground 1.2.1.5. Vegetation 1.2.1.6. Run-Off Direction 1.2.1.7. Composite Definition 1.2.1.8. Guideline Definition 1.3. Natural Landscape, Climate and Hydrology 1.3.1. General Landscape 1.3.2. Hydroclimatic Characteristics 1.3 .2.1. Precipitation/Snowcover 1.3.2.2. Drainage/Run-Off 1.3.2.3. Surface Storage 1.3.2.4. Permafrost 1.3.2.5. Ground Water 1.3.2.6. Evaporation/Evapotranspiration 1.3.2.7. Freshwater Ice Cover 1.3.2.8. Data-Collection Networks 1.4. Hydrological Classifications 1.4.1. Church (1974) Classification 1.4.1.1. Arctic-Nival 1.4.1.2. Subarctic-Nival 1.4.1.3. Proglacial 1.4.1.4. Muskeg 1.4.2. Network Classification 1.5. Development and Water Use 1.5.1. Historical Resource Development 1.5.2. Present Resources 1.5.2.1. Hydro-Power 1.5.2.2. Diversions 1.5.2.3. Mining 1.5.2.4. Oil and Gas 1.6. Evolving Issues 1.6.1. Northem Pollution 1.6.2. Global Change Effects 1.6.2.1. Precipitation/Snow/Glaciers 1.6.2.2. Floating Ice 1.6.2.3. Permafrost 1.6.2.4. Other 1.6.3. Monitoring Global Change 1.7. Reflections 2. SNOW HYDROLOGY 2.1. Introduction 2.1.1. Basic Processes 2.1.1.1. Atmospheric Processes 2.1.1.2. Snowcover Formation 2.1.1.3. Snowmelt Run-Off Processes 2.1.1.4. Snowcover Chemistry 2.1.2. Geographical Variations 2.1.2.1. Snowfall 2.1.2.2. Snowcover 2.1.2.3. Nival Streamflow Regimes 2.1.3. Relationship to Other Hydrological Variables 2.2. Historical Background 2.2.1. Snowfall 2.2.2. Snowcover Properties 2.2.3. Snowmelt Run-Off 2.3. Current Research 2.3.1. Blowing Snow 2.3.2. Meltwater Infiltration 2.3.3. Water Flux Through Cold Snowcovers 2.3.4. Remote Sensing 2.3.5. Snow Chemistry 2.3.6. Snow/Ground Interface Temperature 2.3.7. Snow Radiative Properties 2.4. Future Research Needs 2.4.1. Snowfall 2.4.2. Snowcover 2.4.3. Snowmelt 2.4.4. Snowmelt Run-Off 2.4.5. Removal of Solutes from Melting Snowcovers 3. PERMAFROST HYDROLOGY 3.1. Introduction 3.2. Historical Background 3.2.1. Streamflow Studies 3.2.2. Water-Balance Studies 3.2.3. Hillslope Hydrological Studies 3.2.4. Studies of Lake and Wetland Hydrology 3.3. Recent Trends 3.4. Current Research 3 .4.1. Coupling Snowmelt, Infiltration and Soil Moisture 3.4.2. Hydrological Modelling 3.5. Future Research Needs 3.5.1. Regional Hydrology 3.5.2. Climatic Change and Permafrost Hydrology 3.5.2.1. Application of Spatial Analogues 3.5.2.2. Application of Climatic Variability Analogues 3.5.2.3. Use of Simulation Models 4. GROUND-WATER HYDROLOGY 4.1. Introduction 4.1.1. Permafrost 4.1.2. Properties of Frozen Ground and Permafrost 4.1.2.1. Ice and Water Contents 4.1.2.2. Hydraulic Conductivity 4.1.3. Effects on Water Chemistry 4.1.3.1. Low Temperatures 4.1.3.2. Permafrost 4.2. Aquifers in Permafrost Areas 4.2.1. Position Relative to Permafrost 4.2.2. Suprapermafrost Aquifers 4.2.2.1. Subtype I Aquifers 4.2.2.2. Subtype II and III Aquifers 4.2.2.3. Chemical composition of suprapermafrost water 4.2.3. Intrapermafrost Aquifers 4.2.3.1. Open Taliks 4.2.3.2. Lateral Taliks 4.2.3.3. Isolated Taliks 4.2.3.4. Chemical Composition of Intrapermafrost Water 4.2.4. Subpermafrost Aquifers 4.2.4.1. Unconsolidated Deposits 4.2.4.2. Sedimentary Bedrock 4.2.4.3. Karst 4.2.4.4. Igneous and Metamorphic Terrain 4.2.4.5. Chemical Composition of Subpermafrost Water 4.3. Ground-Water Hydrology 4.3.1. Comparison with Non-Permafrost Areas 4.3.2. Infiltration and Ground-Water Recharge 4.3.3. Lateral Movement of Ground Water 4.3.4. Discharge of Ground Water 4.3.4.1. Springs 4.3.4.2. Base Flow 4.3.4.3. Icings 4.3.4.4. Ground-Water Discharge Rates from Icing Volumes 4.3.4.5. Chemical Composition of Icings and Meltwater 4.3.5. Importance of Ground Water 4.3.5.1. Fisheries 4.3.5.2. Vegetation 4.3.5.3. Water Supply 4.3.5.4. Recreation and Space Heating 4.4. Historical Background 4.4.1. Pre-1970 Situation 4.4.2. Recent Advances 4.4.3. Agencies Involved in Recent Research 4.4.4. Incentives for Recent Research 4.5. Current Research 4.6. Future Research Needs 4.6.1. Major Unknowns 4.6.2. Subjects Requiring Research 4.6.3. Future Incentives for Ground-Water Research 4.6.4. Major Impediments 5. HYDROLOGY OF FLOATING ICE 5.1. Introduction 5.2. Ice Processes on Rivers and Lakes: an Overview 5.3. Historical Background 5.3.1. Floods and High Stages 5.3.2. Low Flow 5.3.3. Flow Duration 5.3.4. Flow Measurement 5.4. Current Research 5.4.1. Ice Jams, Break-Up and Freeze-Up 5.4.2. Low Flows 5.4.3. Flow Duration 5.4.4. Flow Measurement 5.5. Future Research Needs 5.5.1. Ice Jams, Break-Up and Freeze-Up 5.5.2. Low Flows 5.5.3. Continuous Simulation 5.5.4. Flow Measurement 5.6. New Research Approaches 5.7. Conclusion 5.8. Acknowledgements 6. GLACIER HYDROLOGY 6.1. Introduction 6.2. Glacier Hydrology: an Overview 6.2.1. Run-Off 6.2.2. Local Variability in Climatic Inputs 6.2.3. Regional Variability 6.2.4. Temporal Variability in Climatic Inputs 6.2.5. Glacier Outburst Floods 6.2.6. Distribution and Characteristics of Canadian Glaciers 6.3. Process and Regional Examples 6.3.1. Typical Run-off Components from a Glacierized Catchment 6.3.2. Western Cordilleran Example - Peyto Glacier 6.3.3.1. Basin Description 6.3.3.2. Meteorological Inputs and Snow-Line Movement 6.3.3.3. Internal Hydrology of the Glacier 6.3.3.4. Specific Yield within the Basin 6.3.3.5. The Resultant Hydrographs 6.3.3.6. Detailed Interrelationship (1970/74) 6.3.4. High-Arctic Example - White Glacier 6.4. A History of Glacier Hydrology Studies 6.4.1. Studies in the Western Cordillera 6.4.2. The Arctic lslands 6.4.3. Studies in the Yukon 6.4.4. Studies in Labrador 6.4.5. The International Hydrological Decade 6.4.6. International Hydrological Programme 6.5. The Main Achievements of Hydrology Studies in Glacierized Basins 6.5.1. Basic Description of Resources 6.5.2. Achievements in Glacier Mass Balance 6.5.3. Achievements in Glacier-Run-Off Studies 6.5.3.1. Meltwater Generation 6.5.3.2. Glacier Outburst Floods 6.5.3.3. Models of Basin Run-Off 6.5.4. Achievements in Surveying and Remote Sensing 6.6. The Future 7. WATER-QUALITY RESEARCH 7.1. Introduction 7 .2. Historical Background 7.2.1. Activities Prior to 1969 7.2.2. Overview ofN.W.T. Water-Quality Network Data 7.2.3. Mackenzie River Basin 7.2.4. Yukon River Basin 7.2.5. Limnological Research Activities near Resolute, Cornwallis Island and at Saqvaqjuac 7.3. Current Research - Long-Range Atmospheric Transport and Deposition 7.4. Future Research Needs 7.5. Acknowledgements 8. THE REGIONAL ENERGY BALANCE 8.1. Introduction 8.1.1. Basic Processes 8.1.2. Regional Variations 8.1.3. Relationship to Other Hydrological Variables 8.1.4. Importance to the Northern Environment 8.2. Historical Background 8.2.1. Subarctic 8.2.2. Arctic Tundra 8.2.3. Glacierized Basins 8.3. Current Research 8.4. Future Research Needs 9. REGIONAL HYDROLOGY 9.1. Introduction 9.2. Hydrological Regions 9.2.1. Shawinigan Engineering Studies 9.2.2 Acres Consulting Services Ltd 9 .2.2.1. Annual Yield 9.2.2.2. Low Flow 9.2.2.3. Floods 9.2.3. Joint DOE-DIAND Studies 9.2.4. 1985-86 IWD Network Evaluation in Western and Northern Region 9.2.5 The Maekenzie River Basin Flow Model 9.3. River Elements in the Northern Hydrological Cycle 9.3.1. Snowfall Components 9.3.2. Ice Proeesses and Northem Streamflow 9.3.2.1. The Freeze-Up 9.3.2.2. Midwinter Flows 9.3.2.3. Streamflow in the Annual Break-Up 9.4. Northern Streamflow Data Collection 9.5. Conclusions 10. WATER MANAGEMENT NORTH OF 60° 10.1. lntroduction 10.2. Legislative Framework 10.3. Water Boards 10.4. Licensing and Authorization 10.4.1. Lieensing 10.4.2. Authorization 10.5. Enforcement 10.6. Data Collection 10.6.1. Water Quantity 10.6.2. Water Quality 10.6.3. Preeipitation 10.7. Planning 10.7.1. Comprehensive Planning 10.7.2. Integrated Planning 10.8. Major Ma
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94975
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 263 Seiten , Illustrationen , 1 Karte
    Edition: First edition 1983, reprinted edition 1993
    Series Statement: Guidebook / Division of Geological & Geophysical Surveys, Department of Natural Resources, State of Alaska 1
    Language: English
    Note: Kartenbeilage unter dem Titel: Physiographic map and field trip localities of the Upper Cook Inlet area, Alaska / compiled by R. D. Reger and R. G. Updike (1982) , CONTENTS Introduction General statement Organization and acknowledgments Selected references Middle Tanana River valley R&sum& of the permafrost and Quaternary geology Road log and locality descriptions Selected references Delta River area. Alaska Range R&sum& of the permafrost and Quaternary geology Road log and locality description Trans-Alaska Pipeline System Thawing problems Construction modes Conventional burial Special burial Conventional elevated and anchor support Selected references Copper River basin Rèsumè of Quaternary geology Road log and locality description Gakona section Richardson Highway Simpson Hill roadcut Copper River Bluff section Glenn Highway Selected references Overview of the Matanuska Glacier Selected references Upper Cook Inlet region and the Matanuska Valley Introduction Physiography and geology Upper Cook Inlet region Matanuska Valley Climate Vegetation. Soils Rèsumè of Quaternary geology General statement Late Pliocene-early Pleistocene glaciations and interglaciations Mt. Susitna Glaciation Mt. Susitna-Caribou Hills interglaciation Caribou Hills Glaciation Late Pleistocene glaciations and interglaciations Caribou Hills-Eklutna interglaciation Eklutna Glaciation Eklutna-Knik interglaciation Knik Glaciation Knik-Naptowne nonglacial interval Naptowne Glaciation Early Holocene Glaciations Middle to Late Holocene events Alaskan Glaciation Tustumena advances Tunnel advances Other events Road log and locality descriptions Selected references Appendix A - Radiocarbon dates related to late Quaternary events in the Upper Cook Inlet region, Alaska
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95721
    Description / Table of Contents: Included in this book are papers on a wide range of problems of geology of the Cenozoic of Yacutia - stratigraphy, paleogeography, structural geomorphology, neotectonics, glaciations, as well as on main stages of man population of Yakutia. The collection of papers is published for the Xlth INQUA Congress. The book is of interest to those dealing with the Cenozoic history of Yakutia and the North-East USSR.
    Description / Table of Contents: В сборнике помещены статьи по широкому кругу вопросов геологии кайнозоя Якутии - стратиграфии, палеогеографии, структурной геоморфологии, неотектонике, оледенениям, а также основным этапам заселения человеком территории Якутии. Сборник издается к XI Конгрессу Международного союза по изучению четвертичного периода. Книга представляет интерес для специалистов, занимающихся кайнозойской историей Якутии и Северо-Востока СССР.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 173 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: Russian
    Note: CONTENTS Preface Problems of stratigraphy and paleogeography of the Quaternary of Yakutia / M. N. AIekseyev Regional stratigraphic scheme of the Paleogene and Neogene sediments of the Lower-Aldan depression / A. F. Fradkina, O. V. Grinenko, V. A. Kamaletdinov, A. I. Tomskaya Paleomagnetic studies of the upper section of the Mamontova Gora on the Aldan-river / P. S. Minyuk New data on stratigraphy of the Cencizoic of the eastern part of the Primorsk lowland / L. P. Zharikova, A. S. Kazantsev, P. S. Minyuk, A. G. Savchenko Cenozoik sediments of the Ulakhan-Tas range / A. I. Sergeyenko, A. S. Kazantsev, Yu. V. Lykov, A. I. Tomskaya Small mammals in the key section of the Pliocene-Quaternary sediments on the Krestovka-river (Kolyma lowland) / G. G. FroIova Recent tectonics of Eastern Yakutia / V. B. Spector, V. A. BaIandin Structural-geomorphological character of the Kolyma lowland / N. G. Patyk-Kara, O. I. Gapon, O. V. Grinenko Modern tectonic stress field of North-East Asia / B. M. Koz'min Quantitative evalution of recent vertical tectonic movements in North-Eastern Yakutia / L. P. Imayeva, V. S. Imayev Basement relief and Quaternary cover structure in the Lena-Amga interfluve / V. A. KamaIetdinov Paleomorphological conditions during the formation of Cenozoik conglomerates on the right bank of the Selennyakh river (Indigirka basin) / L. A. Fatkhullin "Alas" sediments and taber formations of Yakutia / Ye. M. Katasonov Slope sediments in river valleys of Central Yakutia / Ye. G. Katasonova, H. G. Ziegert On differentiating the Neogene-Quaternary perennially frozen rocks by mineral composition and cryogenic microstructures / H. G. Ziegert, Ye. A. Slagoda On estimation of the amount of glaciations using different criteria (in the light of' the near-Indigirka zone) / E. D. Izbekov Glacial isostasy in Priverkhoyanie / V. V. KoIpakov, I. L. Shofman Main stages of man population in Yakutia / Yu. A. Mochanov, S. A. Fedoseyeva , СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисловие Проблемы стратиграфии и палеогеографии четвертичного периода Якутии / М. Н. Алексеев Региональная стратиграфическая схема палеогеновых и неогеновых отложений Нижнеалданской впадины / А. Ф. Фрадкина, О. В. Гриненко, В. А. Камалетдинов, А. И. Томская Палеомагнитные исследования верхней части разреза Мамонтова Гора на реке Алдан / П. С. Минюк Новые сведения по стратиграфии кайнозоя восточнои части Приморской низменности / Л . П. Жарикова, А. С. Казанцев, П. С. Минюк, А. Г. Савченко Кайнозойские отложения хребта Улахан-Тас / А . И. Сергеенко, А. С. Казанцев, Ю. В. Лыков, А. И. Томская Мелкие млекопитающие опорного разреза плиоцен-четвертичных отложении на реке Крестовке (Колымская низменность) / Г. Г. Фролова Новейшая тектоника Восточной Якутии / В. Б. Спектор, В. А. Баландин Структурно-геоморфологическое строение Колымском низменности / Н. Г. Патык-Кара, О. И. Гапон, О. В. Гриненко Современное поле тектонических напряжении Северо-Восточной Азии / Б. М. Козьмин Количественная оценка новеиших вертикальных тектонических движений Северо-Востока Якутии / Л. П. Имаева, В. С. Имаев Рельеф цоколя и строение четвертичного покрова Лено-Амгинского междуречья / В. А. Камалетдинов Палеогеоморфологические условия формирования кайнозойских конгломератов правобережья реки Селениях (бассейн реки Индигирки) / И. А. Фатхуллин Аласные отложения и таберальные образования Якутии / Е. М. Катасонов Склоновые отложения в долинах малых рек Центральной Якутии / Е. Г. Катасонова, Х . Г. 3игерт О расчленении многолетнемерзлых неоrен-четвертцчных отложений по минералогическому составу и криогенным микротекстурам / Х . Г. 3игерт, Е . А. Слагода К вопросу оценки количества оледенений по различным критериям (на примере Прииндиrирской зоны) / Э. Д. Избеков Гляциоизостазия в Приверхоянье / В. В. Колпаков, И. Л. Шофман Основные этапы заселения человеком Якутии / Ю. А. Мочанов, С. А. Федосеева , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Langenscheidt
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S5-92-0368
    In: Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch der englischen und deutschen Sprache "Der Kleine Muret-Sanders"
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1199 S.
    ISBN: 3468021216
    Series Statement: Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch der englischen und deutschen Sprache "Der Kleine Muret-Sanders"
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Langenscheidt
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI S5-92-0369
    In: Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch der englischen und deutschen Sprache "Der Kleine Muret-Sanders"
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1296 S.
    Edition: 6. Aufl.
    ISBN: 3468021259
    Series Statement: Langenscheidts Großwörterbuch der englischen und deutschen Sprache "Der Kleine Muret-Sanders"
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Moskva : Nauka
    Call number: AWI G7-16-90204
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 284 S , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 5020037788
    Language: Russian
    Note: Oglavlenie: Vvedenie. - 1. Obyknovennyj mineral s neobyčnymi svojstvami. - 2. Sfera snega i l'da. - 3. Moroznyj sloj atmosfery. - 4. Beloe pokryvalo planety. - 5. Snežnaja krugovert'. - 6. Snežnyj pokrov upravljaet klimatom. - 7. Massy snega na gornych sklonach. - 8. Udary po dniščam dolin. - 9. Lavinnye sobaki i sverchzvukovye samolety. - 10. Ataki l'da na rekach. - 11. Amnunna, Taryny, Naledi. - 12. L'dy pod zemlej. - 13. Po vole vetrov. - 14. - Ledovyj režim poljarnych morej. - 15. Večnye snega v podnebes'e gor. - 16. Bor'ba židkoj i tverdoj vody. - 17. Večnoe dviženie lednikov. - 18. V logove ledjanogo medvedja. - 19. Laboratorija veličinoj s kontinent. - 20. Global'nye izmenenija v "zerkale" ledjanogi kerna. - 21. Vzaimodejstvie lednikov i okeana. - 22. Prošlye oledenenija zemli. - 23. Bereč' i priumnožat' resursy snega i l'da. - 24. Buduščee prirodnoj sredy i gljaciologičeskij prognoz. - Spisok ispol'zovannoj literatury. , In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leningrad : Gidrometeoizdat
    Call number: AWI A3-17-90425
    Description / Table of Contents: The book by A. S. Monin "Introduction to the theory of climate" summarizes the principal notions, information and methods of the physical theory of climate in its contemporary sense which implies that the basis of this theory is formed by a physico-mathematical modelling of the climatic system the atmosphere-ocean-land. The book is meant for specialists dealing with investigations of atmosphere, cryosphere, biosphere and land hydrology.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 245 S.
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Mannheim : BI-Taschenbuchverlag
    Call number: AWI A3-17-90789
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 128 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3411103914 , 3-411-10391-4
    Series Statement: Meyers Forum 23
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - I. Kapitel: Grundbegriffe und Größenordnungen. - 1. Atmosphäre. - 2. Klimasystem. - 3. Zeitliche Größenordnungen. - 4. Scale-Begriff. - 5. Klimadefinitionen. - II. Kapitel: Klimaelemente und Beobachtungssystem. - 1. Temperatur. - 2. Feuchte. - 3. Niederschlag. - 4. Druck. - 5. Wind. - 6. Bewölkung. - 7. Globales Beobachtungssystem. - III. Kapitel: Physikalische Grundlagen. - 1. Astronomische Grundlagen. - 2. Strahlungs- und Wärmehaushalt. - 3. Tief- und Hochdruckgebiet. - 4. Luftbewegung. - 5. Wolken- und Niederschlagsbildung. - IV. Kapitel: Atmosphärische Zirkulation1. Begriff der Zirkulation. - 2. Planetarische Zirkulation. - 3. Regionale Zirkulation. - V. Kapitel: Feldverteilungen der Klimaelemente. - 1. Druck und Wind . - 2. Temperatur. - 3. Niederschlag. - VI. Kapitel: Klimasynopsis. - 1. Allgemeine Aspekte. - 2. Spezielle Klimabegriffe. - 3. Klimadiagramme. - 4. Klimaklassifikationen. - 5. Klimamodelle. - VII. Kapitel: Natürliche Klimaänderungen. - 1. Grundprobleme. - 2. Informationsquellen. - 3. Klimageschichte. - VIII. Kapitel: Anthropogene Klimabeeinflussung. - 1. Stadtklima. - 2. Verstärkung des "Treibhauseffekts". - 3. Stratosphärischer Ozonabbau. - 4. Konsequenzen. - Literaturangaben. - Register.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Heidelberg [u.a.] : Spektrum, Akad. Verl.
    Call number: AWI P6-17-90727
    Description / Table of Contents: Ein sehr gutes Sachbuch, das zunächst den Lebensraum Antarktis geographisch und klimatisch beschreibt und dann sehr anschaulich die einzelnen Lebensformen des Kontinents und des Südpolarmeeres behandelt. Besonderes Gewicht liegt auf den gegenseitigen Beziehungen der Lebewesen, die in einem empfindlichen ökologischen Gleichgewicht stehen, das der Mensch möglichst unberührt lassen sollte. Das soll durch den Antarktisvertrag von 1991 erreicht werden, der am Schluß besprochen wird. Das Buch ist sehr lebendig geschrieben, versteht es, Interesse zu wecken und richtet sich an einen breiteren Leserkreis. Die Zweitautorin steuert aussagekräftige Zeichnungen bei. (2 S) (Klaus Bock)
    Description / Table of Contents: Lebendig geschriebene, allgemeinverständliche Darstellung der Ökologie dieses einzigartigen Naturreservats; reich illustriert. (Klaus Bock)
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 197 S. , zahlr. Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 25 cm
    ISBN: 3-86025-051-5 (Pp.)
    Uniform Title: Natural history of the Antarctic peninsula 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91483
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 639 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: 12. Auflage
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Einleitung. - Der Bau der Pflanzen. - Wurzel. - Sproßachse. - Blatt. - Anhangsgebilde an Sproßachsen und Blättern. - Oberfläche von Sproßachsen, Blättern, Blütenhüllen, Früchten und Samen. - Blütenstand. - Blüte. - Frucht. - Samen. - Besondere Bezeichnungen bei Gefäß-Sporenpflanzen. - Die Biologie der Pflanzen. - Lebensdauer. - Lebensformen. - Bestäubung. - Verbreitung der Samen; Früchte und Sporen. - Die Geographie der Pflanzen. - Übersicht über die wichtigsten Gruppen der Pflanzengesellschaften. - Ordnung und Benennung der Pflanzen. - Geschützte Pflanzen. - Anleitung zum Bestimmen. - Tabellen zum Bestimmen. - Tabelle zum Bestimmen der Hauptgruppen. - Tabelle I Pflanzen ohne Blüten (Sporenpflanzen). - Tabelle II Nacktsamige Pflanzen. - Tabelle III Einkeimblättrige Pflanzen. - Tabelle IV Zweikeimblättrige Pflanzen mit einfacher oder fehlender Blütenhülle. - Tabelle V Zweikeimblättrige Pflanzen mit freien Kronblättern. - Tabelle VI Zweikeimblättrige Pflanzen mit verwachsenen Kronblättern. - Tabelle VII Bäume und Sträucher. - Tabelle VIII Tauch- und Schwimmpflanzen. - Tabelle IX Pflanzen zur Blütezeit ohne grüne Blätter. - Abteilung Gefäß-Sporenpflanzen - Pteridophyta. - Abteilung Samenpflanzen - Spermatophyta. - Anhang. - Autorenverzeichnis. - Übersicht über das System. - Register der deutschen Pflanzennamen. - Register der wissenschaftlichen Pflanzennamen. - Erklärung der Abkürzungen auf den Vorsatzblättern.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91535
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: Getr. Zählung: Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: German
    Note: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1981 , INHALT: Zusammenfassung. - 1. Einleitung. - 1.1 Stand der Carbonatitforschung: experimentelle Untersuchungen und Bildungshypothesen. - 1.2 Mikrothermische Untersuchungen an fluiden Einschlüssen in Carbonatitmineralen. - 1.3 Der Carbonatit des Kaiserstuhls. - 1.4 Problemstellung, Methodisches. - 2. Das Probenmaterial. - 2.1 Proherrnahme und Aufbereitung. - 2.2 Probenpräparation für die Einschlußuntersuchungen. - 2.3 Optische Untersuchung, Phänomenologie. - 2.31 Anordnung, Verwachsungen und Habitus der Apatite. - 2.32 Die Einschlüsse der Apatite. - 2.321 Cavitätenformen, Füllungen, Dimensionen. - 2.322 Kriterien für primäre Einschlußbildung und sekundäre Veränderungen. - 2.323 Unterschiedliche Einschlußführung in Apatiten und anderen Mineralen. - 3. Apparaturen. - 3.1 Die mikrothermische Apparatur. - 3.11 Konzeption und Ausführung des Beiz-Kühltisches. - 3.12 Eichung des Beiz-Kühltisches. - 3.13 Präzision und Probleme im Meßbetrieb. - 3.2 Kühlplatte. - 3.3 Quetschtisch. - 4. Zur Theorie der Einschlußuntersuchungen. - 4.1 Geometrische Berechnungen. - 4.11 Berechnung des Cavitätenvolumens. - 4.12 Fehlerdiskussion. - 4.13 Grenzen der optischen Auflösung. - 4.2 Zur Theorie der Phasenverhältnisse. - 4.21 Einschlußbildung und Phasentrennung. - 4.22 Phasenverhältnisse in Einkomponentensystemen, Homogenisierungskurven. - 4.23 Phasenverhältnisse in Wasser-Salz-Systemen: H2O-NaCl; H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 4.24 Phasenverhältnisse in Wasser-Gas-Systemen: CO2-H2O. - 5. Konstruktion der Phasendiagramme. - 5.1 H2O. - 5.2 CO2. - 5.3 H2O-NaCl. - 5.4 CO2-H2O. - 5.5 Wasser-Salzsysteme mit kritischen Endpunkten (PQ-Systeme). - 5.6 Wasser-Salzsysteme bei stark positivem Temperaturkoeffizient der Löslichkeit der Salzkomponente: H2O-KCl, H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 5.7 System CO2-H2O-NaCl. - 6. Untersuchungsergebnisse. - 6.1 Experimentelle Untersuchungen an einzelnen Einschlüssen: Mikrothermometrie und destruktive Methoden. - 6.11 Einphasige Einschlüsse mit Gasfüllung. - 6.12 Calcit als Einphaseneinschluß im Apatit. - 6.13 Zweiphaseneinschlüsse L+V. - 6.14 Dreiphaseneinschlüsse LH2O + LCO2 +V. - 6.15 Einschlüsse mit übersättigten Lösungen (Multiphaseneinschlüsse). - 6.16 Fluide Einschlüsse im Calcit des Carbonatits. - 6.2 Analytische Untersuchungen. - 6.21 Kationen und Anionen in wäßrigen Extrakten des Apatitmahlgutes. - 6.22 Bitumenphasen in organischen Solventextrakten. - 6.23 Gasanalytische Messungen. - 7. Genetische Interpretation der Einschlußresultate. - 7.1 Das Subsystem H2O-Salzphasen. - 7.11 H2O-NaCl. - 7.12 H2O-NaCl-Na2SO4/Na2CO3. - 7.13 H2O-NaCl-KCl. - 7.2 Druckmodelle im seichten, subvulkanischen Niveau. - 7.21 Hydrostatische Bedingungen. - 7.22 Lithostatische Bedingungen. - 7.3 Das Subsystem CO2-H2O 7.4 Kombination der Teilsysteme, das System CO2-H2O-NaCl bei volumenkontrollierten Bedingungen. - 7.5 Zusammenfassung und Vergleich mit den Resultaten aus anderen Carbonatitlokalitäten. - 8. Petrogenetische Schlußfolgerungen. - 8.1 Magmatische Carbonatitintrusion und autometasomatische Folgeprozesse. - 8.2 Hydrothermaltransport des Calcits. - 8.3 Überlegungen zur Herkunft der Salzphasen. - 8.4 Künftige, weiterführende Untersuchungen. - 8.5 Zusammenfassung. - 9.0 Anhang I Abbildungen. - 10.0 Anhang II Originalmeßwerte.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Aachen : Lehrstuhl für Ingenieurgeologie und Hydrogeologie der RWTH
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G4-18-91534
    In: Mitteilungen zur Ingenieurgeologie und Hydrogeologie, Heft 54
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XV, 164 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt. , 4 Kt.-Beil. (7 S.)
    Series Statement: Mitteilungen zur Ingenieurgeologie und Hydrogeologie 54
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Aachen, Techn. Hochsch., Diss. , Inhaltsverzeichnis: Abbildungsverzeichnis. - Tabellenverzeichnis. - Vorwort. - 1. Einleitung. - 1.1 Problemstellung und Ziel. - 1.2 Bevölkerungsentwicklung im Großraum Monterrey. - 1.3 Geographische und morphologische Übersicht. - 1.4 Lage des Arbeitsgebietes. - 2. Geologisch-tektonischer Überblick. - 2.1 Bisherige geologische Erkundung. - 2.2 Tektonik und Paläogeographie. - 3. Stratigraphie. - 3.1 Ober-Jura. - 3.1.1 Minas Viejas-Formation (Oxford/Kimmeridge). - 3.1.2 Zuloaga-Formation (Kimmeridge). - 3.1.3 La Casita-Formation (Kimmeridge/Unter-Berrias). - 3.2 Kreide. - 3.2.1 Taraises-Formation (Berrias/Unter-Hauterive). - 3.2.2 Cupido-Formation (Mittel-Hauterive/Mittel-Apt). - 3.2.3 La Peña-Formation (Ober-Apt). - 3.2.4 Aurora-Formation (Unter-Alb). - 3.2.5 Cuesta del Cura-Formation (Ober-Alb/Unter-Turon). - 3.2.6 Agua Nueva-Formation (Unter-Turon/Mittel-Turon). - 3.2.7 San Felipe-Formation (Coniac/Santon). - 3.2.8 Mendez-Formation (Campan/Maastricht). - 4. Homogenbereiche in Fest- und Lockergesteinen. - 4.1 Homogenbereiche in FestgesteinenfSchichtenfolge des Mesozoikums. - 4.1.1 Karbonatische Gesteine. - 4.1.2 Karbonatische Gesteine mit tonig-mergeligen Zwischenlagerungen. - 4.1.3. Tonig-mergelige Gesteine. - 4.2 Homogenbereiche in Lockergesteinen/Quartär. - 4.2.1 Genetische Gliederung der Lockergesteine. - 4.2.1.1 Kolluvium. - 4.2.1.2 Derrubium. - 4.2.1.3 Proluvium (Kegelschutt). - 4.2.1.4 Alluvium. - 4.2.2 Gliederung nach dem Kornaufbau. - 4.2.2.1 Brekzien. - 4.2.2.2 Blockströme. - 4.2.2.3 Blockschutt (〉 2m ⌀), miteinander in Kontakt. - 4.2.2.4 Blockschutt mit Blöcken 〉 2 m ⌀ in Grundmasse von eckigen Komponenten in Stein- bis Sandkorngröße "schwimmend". - 4.2.2.5 Blockschutt mit weitgestufter Korngrößenverteilung (Sandkorn- bis Blockgröße 〈 2 m ⌀). - 4.2.2.6 Steine, Kies und Sand (Hangschutt). - 4.2.2.7 Pelitische Sedimentation vor undräniertem Straßendamm (Schluff, Feuchtgebiet). - 5. Geologisch-klimatologische Grundlagen zur Bewertung der Hangstabilität. - 5.1 Ingenieurgeologische Kartierungen. - 5.2 Tektonische Elemente des Arbeitsgebietes. - 5.3 Geomorphologie. - 5.4 Klima. - 5.5 Hydrologie des Großraumes Monterrey. - 5.6 Hurrikans. - 5.6.1 Entstehung von Hurrikans. - 5.6.2 Hurrikan "GILBERTO". - 6. Böschungsstabilität. - 6.1 Grundsatzüberlegung. - 6.1.1 Autochthon. - 6.1.2 Parautochthon (Hakenschlagen). - 6.1.3 Allochthon. - 6.2 Massenbewegungen. - 6.2.1 Alte Kriechmasse im Zentralteil des Kartiergebietes. - 6.2.2 Entwässerungsnetz im Arbeitsgebiet und innerhalb der alten Kriechmasse. - 6.2.3 Allgemeine Ursachen der Hangbewegung im Kartiergebiet. - 6.3 Anthropogene Beeinträchtigungen der Böschungsstabilität und unzweckmäßige Baumaßnahmen. - 6.3.1 Bisherige Gründungsmethoden. - 6.3.2 Rodungen und Blockstürze. - 6.3.3 Regenwasser-Ableitungen. - 6.3.4 Bautechnische Mängel. - 6.3.5 Massenbewegungen im Fels durch starke Niederschläge. - 6.3.5.1 Klassifizierung von Hanggleitungen. - 6.3.5.2 Massenbewegungen in Tonsteinen der Méndez-Formation. - 6.3.5.3 Massenbewegungen in den Karbonatgesteinen mit tonig-mergeliger Zwischenlagerung. - 6.4 Standsicherheitsberechnungen. - 6.4.1 Zweck und Ziel der Berechnungen. - 6.4.2 Mechanik und Geometrie von Kriechbewegungen und Rutschmassen. - 6.4.3 Berechnungsverfahren. - 6.4.4 Tiefe der Gleitfläche. - 6.4.5 Standsicherheitsberechnungen für die große Kriechmasse (im mittleren Bereich des Kartiergebietes). - 6.4.5.1 Berechnungsansatz nach JANBU und Wahl der Kennwerte. - 6.4.5.2 Ergebnisse. - 7. Geologische Risiken und Empfehlungen für das Gebiet Chipinque. - 7.1 Zone 1: Flache Hänge, 〈 5° Neigung (Proluviurn). - 7.1.1 Risiken. - 7.1.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.2 Zone 2: Hänge, 5-15° Neigung, Schutt unverfestigt. - 7.2.1 Risiken. - 7.2.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.3 Zone 3: Hänge 〉 15° Neigung; Schutt aus allochthonen Fels- und Lockergesteinsmassen; lokale Rutsch- oder Kriechzonen. - 7.3.1 Risiken. - 7.3.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.4 Zone 4: Hänge meist 〉 15° Neigung in Tongesteinen der Méndez-Formation. - 7.4.1 Risiken. - 7.4.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.5 Zone 5: Autochthone Gipfelregion. - 7.5.1 Risiken. - 7.5.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.6 Zone 6: Erosionsrinnen. - 7.6.1 Risiken. - 7.6.2 Empfehlungen. - 7.7 Allgemeine Empfehlungen für eine Besiedlung der Steilhänge im Raum Monterrey. - 8. Zusammenfassung/Resumen. - 9. Literaturverzeichnis. - Anlagen. - Anlage 1: Geologische Karte 1:10.000 San Pedro Garza García, Nuevo León (Chipinque). - Anlage 1a: A-B Geologischer Profilschnitt. - Anlage 1b: C-D Geologischer Profilschnitt. - Anlage 1b': C-D Geologischer Profilschnitt. - Anlage 2: Karte der Massenbewegungen 1:10.000. - Anlage 3: Geologische Risikokarte 1:10.000. - Anlage 4: Geologische Karte 1:40.000 (Monterrey). - Anlage 4a: A-B Geologischer Profilschnitt. - Anlage 5: Tektonische Übersicht (Monterrey). - Anlage 6: Geologische Karte 1:20.000 (San Pedro Garza García). - Anlage 7: Aufschlusskarte 1:10.000.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Wien : Buchgemeinschaft Donauland Kremayr & Scheriau
    Call number: AWI E2-18-91876
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 209 Seiten , Illustrationen , 18 cm
    Edition: Lizenzausgabe
    Series Statement: Reisen, Menschen, Abenteuer : Arktis
    Uniform Title: Le marcheur du pôle 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Das unüberwindbare Eischaos. - Unterwegs auf dem eigenen Schatten. - Eine Stunde unter Menschen. - Der Blizzard greift an. - Frische Eisbärenspuren im Eis. - Lebensweg eines Abenteurers. - Begegnung im Nirgendwo. - Die Polfalle, Träume und immer wieder das Eislabyrinth. - Knapp am Tod vorbei. - Ein arktisches Rodeo. - Das weiße Tor am Schwarzen Fluß. - Im Zauberkreis des Nordpols.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    München : Frederking und Thaler
    Call number: AWI E3-18-91885
    Description / Table of Contents: Ein internationales Team unter Führung des Franzosen Jean-Louis Etienne und des Amerikaners Will Steger durchquert mit Hundeschlitten die Antarktis an ihrer breitesten Stelle. Die Reise dauert sieben Monate und führt über 6100 km von der Spitze der Antarktischen Halbinsel im Westen über den Südpol bis Mirny am Indischen Ozean, der russischen Basis. Sechs erfahrene, verwegene, durchtrainierte Männer trotzen der Kälte und der Einsamkeit, dem Schnee und dem Nebel, den Orkanen und dem Eis auf diesem unwirtlichsten Kontinent der Erde. Sie sind einem Wechselbad von Monotonie und Gefahr, von menschlichen Konflikten und Bedrohung der Natur unterworfen. Aber ihr Mut, ihr Durchhaltevermögen und nicht zuletzt die Großartigkeit der Landschaft tragen sie über alle Schwierigkeiten hinweg. Euphorische, ja ekstatische Augenblicke entschädigen für alle Entbehrungen und Spannungen fern der Zivilisation. Als sensibler Franzose führt Etienne Buch über die Ereignisse. Seismographisch registriert er die Stimmungsschwankungen bei den einzelnen Mitgliedern des Teams und beim Team insgesamt, zwischen Freude und Enttäuschung, Leben im Augenblick und Phantasien, die in die unerreichbare Welt der Farben und Düfte zurückführen. Ein spannender Bericht, gleichzeitig Abenteuer, psychologische Studie und Schilderung des Zusammenlebens von sechs "Polarmenschen" unter extremen Bedingungen.
    Description / Table of Contents: Die Antarktis ist der unwirtlichste Kontinent unseres Planeten. Stürme erreichen dort Geschwindigkeiten von mehr als 180 km/h, und die Temperaturen sinken bis unter minus 50 Grad. Tückische Blizzards rauben jede Orientierung, und tödliche Gletscherspalten öffnen sich unvermutet vor den Füßen des Reisenden. Trotz dieser Risiken durchquerten sechs Männer die Eiswüste von West nach Ost - eine Strecke von 6300 Kilometern. Sie wuchsen über alle Unterschiede der Kulturen und Nationalitäten zu einer verschworenen Gemeinschaft zusammen. Ihr abenteuerliches Unternehmen ist ein deutlicher Wink an alle Verantwortlichen, dafür zu sorgen, daß die Antarktis, unser wichtigstes Wasserreservoir, ein Land des Friedens und der Forschung bleibt.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 266, [24] Seiten , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 3894053100 (Pp.)
    Series Statement: Reiseabenteuer
    Uniform Title: Transantarctica 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: Vorwort. - Prolog des Autors. - 1 "The longest road". - 2 Hier herrscht die Antarktis. - 3 Unter der Kapuze. - 4 Im Reich der Todesfallen. - 5 Die katabatische Windfolter. - 6 Schaffen wir es?. - 7 Der Wundervogel. - 8 Die Geisterstadt. - 9 Steger, der Teufelskerl. - 10 Sastrugis, so weit das Auge reicht. - 11 Hier kommen alle Winde von Norden. - 12 Weihnachten auf dem weißen Kontinent. - 13 Victor Wostok. - 14 Der Antarktis-Expreß. - 15 Der große Abstieg. - Epilog. - Anhang.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Walter de Gruyter
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91886
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, Seiten [768-940] , Illustrationen
    Edition: Nachdruck
    ISBN: 3110072815
    Language: German
    Note: Inhalt: 8. Meereis. - Phänomene, Genese und Morphologie. - Zur Erforschung des Meereises. - Das Meereis als komplexe Erscheinung. - Das Meereis als Substrat. - Eisbildung und Gefriervorgänge. - Eisbildung auf dem Meere und Struktur der Meereisdecke. - Eisnomenklatur. - Formen des Meereises und Definitionen (Klassifikation). - Ejsbildungsphänomene an der oberen Grenzschicht des Meeres. - Schiffsvereisung, eine Erscheinung der Grenzschicht Hydrosphäre - Atmosphäre (Ozean - Luft). - Meereis an Küsten. - Eisbildung am Strand. - Eis und Eisbildung auf Watten. - Eisbildung an Steilküsten. - Das Meereis des Nordpolarmeeres und seiner Randmeere. - Zur Erforschung des Nordpolarmeeres und des polaren Meereises. - Nansen's Drift mit der „Fram" im Nordpolarmeer. - Die Driftbewegungen des arktischen Meereises des Nordpolarmeeres mit seinen Randmeeren. - Die Dynamik des Meereises im Nordpolarmeer nach Drifteis-Stationen. - Die jahreszeitliche Schwankung der Eisbedeckung des Nordpolarmeeres. - Form des Meeresbodens des Nordpolarmeeres. - Bilanz und Wassermassenaustausch des Nordpolarmeeres mit dem Atlantischen und Pazifischen Ozean. - Die Vereisung des Nordpolarmeeres und seiner Randmeere in ihrem Zusammenhang mit dem Wasserhaushalt. - Anthropogene Eingriffe und Projekte zur Veränderung der polaren Umwelt. - Eis des Meeres als Hindernis für den Seeverkehr. - Das Eis als besondere Grenzschicht des Meeres für die Schiffahrt. - Die Nordostpassage, arktischer Seeweg zwischen Atlantischem und Pazifischem Ozean innerhalb des eurasischen Kontinents: der sibirische Seeweg. - Der sibirische Seeweg. - Die Nordwestpassage - arktische Seeverbindung zwischen Atlantischem und Pazifischem Ozean um den nordamerikanischen Kontinent. - Erdöl in den Randmeeren des Nordpolarmeeres: Transportproblem und Ausbeute. - Umweltbedingungen und Nutzung der arktischen Region. - Meereis im Nordatlantischen Ozean und Nebenmeeren. - Eisberge im Nordatlantischen Ozean und Eis um Grönland. - Eiserkundung mit Luft- und Satellitenbildern. - Die Vereisung der Ostsee. - Zur Vereisung von Nebenmeeren in Nordamerika. - Das Meereis im Jahreshaushalt. - Wirkung und Mechanismus von Flußsystemen auf Wasser und Eis des Nordpolarmeeres. - Eisbedeckung des Nordpolarmeeres und Klimaschwankungen. - Das Meereis der Antarktis. - Zur Erforschung des Meereises um die Antarktis. - Die Eisschelfe: Größe, Form, Entstehung, Haushalt. - Eisberge der Antarktis. - Packeis der antarktischen Meeresregionen. - Eisgrenzen und Wassermassen des Südpolarmeeres. - Das Meereis, besonders der Antarktis, als klimatischer Faktor. - Die Polkappen der Erde im Satellitenbild. - Nachtrag (Ergänzung). - Mehrjährige Variation der antarktischen Meereisbedeckung (Südpolarregion). - Antarktischer Meereisaufbruch im Satellitenbild. - Die Eiskappe der Antarktis. - Der Meeresboden des Südpolarmeeres in bathymetnschen Profilen. - Rechtsverhältnisse der Antarktis und des südlichen Polarmeers. - Zur gegenwärtigen Polarforschung der BRD. - Polarexpeditionen der BRD. - Zu den Rechtsverhältnissen im Nordpolarmeer. - Das Polarmeer in morphographischer Darstellung. - Dynamik von Packeisfeldern (Ergänzung). - Literatur. - Institutionen zur Polarforschung. - Eisschlüssel und Eissymbole. - Sachregister.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New Delhi : Amerind Publishing
    Call number: AWI G2-18-91897
    Description / Table of Contents: This publication is concerned with problems of the origin, evolution and paleogeography of the Arctic Ocean and its coast during the Tertiary and Quaternary periods. Much emphasis is placed on the evolution of modern Arctic flora and fauna, both terrestrial and aquatic. All these problems are discussed on the basis of hydrological, paleontological, biogeographical, climatological and archaeological data presented at the AII-Union symposium held in Leningrad during April 1-6, 1968. This is a unique encyclopedia on the Arctic. lt will be of interest to many research workers - geographers, geologists, biologists, hydrologists and all who deal with problems of the geological history and paleogeography of the Northern Hemisphere.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 564 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Uniform Title: Severnyi Ledovityi Okean i Ego Poberezh'e v Kainozoe
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: PREFACE. - SECTION I. HISTORY OF THE ARCTIC OCEAN IN THE CENOZOIC ERA. - Linear and Areal Morphostructures of the Arctic Ocean Floor / V. D. Dibner. - Fluctuations in Arctic Climate as Revealed by Floor Sediment Analysis / N. A. Belov, N. N. Lapina. - Stratification and Rate of Accumulation of Floor Sediments of the Soviet Arctic Seas / N. N. Kulikov, N. N. Lapina, Yu. P. Semenov, N. A. Belov, M. A. Spiridonov. - Palynologic Study of Kara Sea Floor Sediment Cores / N. N. Kulikov, R. M. Khitrova. - Geologic Structure of the Glacial Shelves of the Atlantic Province of the Arctic Basin / M. A. Spiridonov. - Stratigraphy and Paleogeography of Spitsbergen in the Pleistocene / Yu. A. Lavrushin. - Role of Glaciers in Franz Josef Land Relief Formation / V. L. Sukhodrovskii. - Reconstruction of the Late- and Post-Pleistocene Arctic Basin Ice Sheet / P. M. Borisov. - Changes in the Arctic Basin since the Last Glaciation Maximum / D. P. Chizhov. - SECTION II. ARCTIC FLORA AND FAUNA AND THE HISTORY OF THEIR FORMATION. - Some Problems of Study of the Early Cenophytic Arctic Flora / L. Yu. Budantsev. - Arctic Flora and Its Historical Link with the Arctic Ocean / A. I. Tolmachev, B. A. Yurtsev. - Wide Fluctuations in Ocean Level in the Quaternary period and Their Influence on the Arctic Ocean Basin and its biological community / G. U. Lindberg. - Fresh Data on the Food of the Siberian Woolly Rhinoceros / V. E. Garutt, E. P. Meteltseva, B. A. Tikhomirov. - Characteristics of the Arctic Ocean Fauna and their significance for understanding the History of its formation / E. F. Guryanova. - Formation of macroscopic marine algal flora of the Arctic Basin / A. D. Zinova, Yu. E. Petrov. - The Concept of the Arctic origin of Pinnipeds and other solutions of this problem / K. K. Chapskii. - Ecological Adaptations of Pinnipeds in the Atlantic Province of the Polar Basin / V. A. Potelov, Yu. K. Timoshenko. - A General Review of th PIeistocene Marine Faunas of the Northern Coast of Eurasia / S. L. Troitskii. - History of the Evolution of Marine Mollusk Fauna of the Late Cenozoic Atlantic Arctic / V. S. Zarkhidze. - Late Cenozoic History of Foraminifera of the Pechora Lowland and Northern West Siberia / O. F. Baranovskaya, V. Ya. Slobodin. - Species composition of Modern Foraminifera as an Indication of the Arctic Sea's hydrological regime / S. V. Tamanova. - SECTION Ill. PALEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE NORTHERN TERRITORIES IN THE LATE CENOZOIC ERA. - Paleogeography of Northern USSR and contiguous areas of the Arctic Basin / G. S. Ganeshin. - North Eurasia in the Late Cenozoic Era / Yu. P. Degtyarenko, V. V. Zhukov, N. G. Zagorskaya, O. A. Ivanov, V. I. Kaiyalainen, Yu. N. Kulakov, A. P. Puminov, V. Ya. Slobodin, O. V. Suzdalskii. - On the History of the Migration of the Arctic Basin Shoreline in the Cenozoic Era / S. A. Strelkov. - Causes of Fluctuations in the Arctic Basin Level in the Neogene-Quaternary Period / J. L. Kuzin. - Spore-Pollen Analysis of Late Cenozoic Marine Sediments in the Reconstruction of the Paleogeography of the Arctic Coasts / N. G. Zagorskaya, F. M. Levina. - Forest Line Migration in North Asia in the Upper Pleistocene and Holocene (Based on Spore-Pollen Analysis) / R. E. Giterman, L. V. Golubeva, E. V. Koreneva, L. A. Skiba. - Holocene Transgressions and Variations in the Northern Coastline of the Kola Peninsula / B. I. Koshechkin, A. L. Kudlaeva. - Interpretation of Radiocarbon Datings of the Absolute Age of Organic Residues from the Upper Anthropogene Deposits of Fennoscandia / V. G. Chuvardinskii. - Structure and Stratigraphic Division of White Sea Bottom Deposits / V. S. Medvedev, E. N. Nevesskii, L. I. Govberg, E. S. Malyasova, R. N. Dzhinoridze, E. A. Kirienko. - Principal Stages in the History of the Vegetation of the Dvina Bay Coast of the White Sea during the Late- and Postglacial Transgression / E. S. Pleshivtseva. - Quaternary Transgressions in the Northern Russian Plain and Their Relationship with Continental Glaciations / E. N. Bylinskii. - Anthropogene Deposit-Forming Environments on Kolguev Island / O. F. Baranovskaya, T. A. Matveeva. - Cenozoic History of the Northern Coast of Europe / V. S. Zarkhidze. - Stages of Formation of the Southern Part of the Arctic Basin in Timan-Pechora Province in the Late Cenozoic Era / O. F. Baranovskaya, P. N. Safronov, G. N. Berdovskaya. - Pliocene-Pleistocene History of the Pechora Basin / V. L. Yakhimovich. - Paleogeography and Origin of Cenozoic Rocks in Soviet Europe as Revealed by Hydrochemical Data / V. D. Bezrodnov. - Study of Paleogeography and Neotectonics of Some Regions of the European Northeast by Coal Petrography / Yu. V. Stepanov. - History of the Formation of Arctic Shelf Foraminifer Fauna (Based on Data on the Timan-Ural Region) / I. N. Semenov. - Evolution of Pleistocene Marine Diatom Flora in the Northeast of Soviet Europe / E. I. Loseva. - Quaternary Deposits of the Middle Pechora and Vychegda River Basins / A. S. Lavrov. - Late Pleistocene Terraces in the Northeast of Soviet Europe and the Environments in which They were Formed / L. M. Potapenko, A. S. Lavrov. - Key Sections of the Lower Pechora and Their Importance for an Understanding of the Last Stages of the Geological Evolution of Northeastern Soviet Europe / V. S. Zarkhidze, I. I. Krasnov, M. A. Spiridonov, Yu. A. Lavrushin, I. I. Ryumina. - Siberian Elements in the Flora of the Far Northeast of Europe and Their Origin / O. V. Rebristaya. - Some Geographical Relationships of Ural Floras and Their Importance for Paleogeography / K. N. lgoshina. - Ostracod Complexes from the Late Cenozoic Marine Deposits of Northern Soviet Europe and West Siberia and Their Importance for Paleogeography / O. M. Lev. - Paleogeography of the Northern West Siberian Lowland and Russian Plain in the Late Pleistocene and Holocene / M. G. Kipiani, A. D. Kolbutov. - Mammals and Landscapes of the Northern Urals in the Late Anthropogene / I. E. Kuzmina. - Pleistocene Transgressions in Northern West Siberia and the Pechora Lowland / I. D. Danilov. - Salient Paleogeographic Features of the Pechora Lowland and Lower Ob Basin in the Neogene Epoch / P. P. Generalov, I. L. Kuzin, I. L. Zaionts, R. B. Krapivner. - Some Problems of the Quaternary Geology of Northern Soviet Europe and West Siberia / A. G. Kostyaev. - Northern West Siberia in the Pliocene and Pleistocene / O. V. Suzdalskii. - Boreal Transgressions and the Origin of Subsurface Sheet Ice Deposits / B. I. Vtyurin. - Dependence of Certain Types of Subsurface Glaciation in West Siberia on the Peculiarities of the Polar Sea / A .I. Popov. - History of Subsurface Freezing in West Siberia in the Light of Transgression of the Arctic Basin / V. V. Baulin. - New Data on the History of the Evolution of the Pre-Kazantseva and Kazantseva Vegetation in the Muzhi Urals and Southern Yamal (Based on Palynological Data) / E. E. Gurtovaya. - New Data on the Distribution of Recent Marine Deposits in West Siberia / I. L. Zaionts, Z. I. Kholodova. - Pleistocene Diatom Floras of the Yenisei North / Z. V. Aleshinskaya. - Some Upper Cenozoic Stratotypes of the Ust-Yenisei Depression / V. Ya. Slobodin. - Transgressions of the Arctic Basin and Evolution of the Yenisei North in the Pleistocene (Absolute Chronology of Events by 14C Dating) / N. V. Kind, L. D. Sulerzhitskii. - Kargin Diatoms from the Key Section of the Lower Yenisei / N. A. Khalfina. - Spread of Late Cenozoic Transgressions of the Arctic Basin in the Northwestern Central Siberian Tableland / V. D. Kryukov, V. V. Rogozhin. - Paleogeography of Northeastern Taimyr in the Quaternary Period (Based on Geological and Palynological Data) / G. N. Berdovskaya, N. A. Gei, V. M. Makeev. - Emergence and Development of Pleistocene Landscapes in the Eastern North Siberian Lowland / V. V. Zhukov, N. A. Pervuninskaya, L. Ya. Pinchuk. - History of Relief Formation in the Eastern North Siberian Lowland and the Adjoi
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin : Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde
    Call number: AWI G2-19-92036
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 78 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Vorwort. - 2. Struktur und Entwicklung der Antarktischen Platte. - 2.1. Generelle Kennzeichnung der Antarktischen Platte. - 2.2. Tripelpunkte. - 2.2.1. Bouvet-Tripelpunkt. - 2.2.2. Indik-Tripelpunkt. - 2.2.3. Macquarie-Tripelpunkt. - 2.2.4. Osterinsel-Tripelpunkt. - 2.3. Plattengrenzen und Plattenfelder. - 2.3.1. Bouvet-Indik-Feld. - 2.3.1.1. Ausbildung der Plattengrenze. - 2.3.1.2. Anomale Entwicklung südlich der Agulhas-Bruchzone. - 2.3.1.3. Inseln und submarine Plateaus im südlichen Indik. - 2.3.2. Indik-Macquarie-Feld. - 2.3.3. Macquarie-Osterinsel-Feld. - 2.3.3.1. Ausbildung der Plattengrenze. - 2.3.3.2. Sandwich- und Scotia-Platte. - 2.3.4.3. Beziehungen zwischen Südamerika und Antarktika und das Problem der Antarktischen Halbinsel. - 2.3.4.4. Weddellbecken. - 2.3.4.5. "Drake-Platte". - 2.3.4.6. Plattentektonische Entwicklung des Südostpazifiks. - 2.4. Überblick über den Werdegang der südhemisphärischen Ozeangebiete und den Ablauf des Gondwanazerfalls. - 3. Zur Bedeutung der Krustenentwicklung für Paläoozeanlogie und Paläoklimatologie. - 3.1. Einige Kennzeichen der ozeanologischen Situation in den antarktischen Meeresgebieten. - 3.2. Kriterien für Veränderungen der paläoozeanologischen und paläoklimatologischen Verhältnisse im Hinblick auf die paläotektonische Interpretation. - 3.3. Abriß der paläoozeanologisch-paläoklimatologischen Entwicklung im Känozoikum und mögliche Zusammenhänge mit dem tektonischen Geschehen. - 4. Zusammenfassung. - 5. Literaturverzeichnis. - 6. Abbildungsverzeichnis. -
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: AWI P9-83-1080
    In: Prace naukowe Uniwersytetu Śląskiego
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 191 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 83-00-00355-X
    Series Statement: Prace naukowe Uniwersytetu Śląskiego 543
    Language: Polish
    Note: Contents: Preface: Scientific activity of the Silesian University in the polar regions in 1977-1980. - PAPERS. - Ablation by calving and 20th century recession of glaciers in the Hornsund area (Spitsbergen). Preliminary results / Jacek Jania. - The occurence and origin of coarse crystalline calcite in the carbonate massiffs of Sørkappland (South Spitsbergen) / Łukasz Karwowski, Andrzej Kozik. - Surface run-off dynamics of the basin of the Nordfall Glacier steam (South Spitsbergen) / Jan Leszkiewicz. - Karst springs at the foot of Rasstupet wall in the South Spitsbergen in the investigations from 1978 / Jan Leszkiewicz. - Aeolian activity in the Gås Bay region (South Spitsbergen) / Tadeusz Szczypek. - Geomorphological activity of flowing waters on the Kaffiöyra plain (Spitsbergen) / Kazimierz Sendobry. - Preliminary characteristics of the basins in the vicinity of Henryk Arctowski Station on King George Island (South Shetlands) / Andrzej Kozik. - SCIENTIFIC DOCUMENTATION. - Meteorological investigations in South Spitsbergen in the summer of 1978. Specification / Andrzej Kaminski. - Meteorological materials collected in South Spitsbergen in the summer of 1979. Specification / Andrzej Kaminski. - Preliminary results of hydrological and hydrochemical investigations in Fugleberget basin (SW Spitsbergen) / Wiesława Krawczyk, Marian Pulina. - Karst springs at the foot of the Rasstupet wall. Specification of 1978-1979 / Jan Leszkiewicz, Jerzy Wach, Jan Waga. - Scientific publications from the polar expeditions of the Silesian University. , In polnischer Sprache , Zusammenfassung in englischer und russischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Sosnowiec : Uniwersytet Śląski, Instytut Geografii
    Call number: AWI P9-83-1079
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 248 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: Polish
    Note: Contents: A snow cover in the region of Fiord Hornsund on Spitsbergen / J. Pereyma. - Temperature rations in summer on the Waldemar Glacier and on the Waldemar sea lowland / G. Wójcik, K. Marciniak, R. Przybylak. - Precipitation and evaporation in Werenskiold Glacier district / A. Szczepankiewicz-Szmyrka. - Biometeorological conditions on the Werenskiold Glacier forefield in summer of 1980 / A. Szczepankiewicz-Szmyrka. - Some notes on wind directions in the West Spitsbergen in 1980 / K. Gerstmann. - Radar measurements of the thickness of the Werenskiold Glacier / R. Czajkowski - The analysis of movements of the Werenskiold Glacier based on dating of fossil moss / H. Chmal - Increase in the mass of the firn snow in the glacial amphiteatre of the Penck Glacier in the period 1934 to 1958 / C. Lipert - Some automatic systems to collect and transmission stored data using various radio-links / J. Molski. - Würm and Holocene glaciations of North-Western Sörkappland exemplified by the Slakli Valley, Spitsbergen / P. Kłysz, L. Lindner. - The marine origin of Lisbetdalen mezorelief SW Spitsbergen / W. Stankowski - Raised marine terraces of Kulmstranda North-Western Sörkappland / P. Kłysz, L. Lindner - The geomorphological sketch map of the Gåsdalen region, South Spitsbergen / J. Jania, Z. Lentowicz, T. Szczypek, J. Wach. - Last deglaciation of Treskelen Peninsula, Hornsund, Svalbard / L. Marks. - The recession of Vitkovski Glacier as recorded in its marginal zone / L. Andrzejewski, w. Stankowski. - Degradation processes on the end moraine of the Werenskiold Glacier / J. Cegła, J. Kida. - Studies of the dessication crack on the forefield of the Werenskiold Glacier / J. Cegła. - The beginning and evolution of the marginal outwash on the forefield of the Eliza Glacier / A. Olazewski. K. Sendobry. - Summer thawing of the ground in the Kaffiöyra, SW Spitsbergen / K. Marciniak, W. Szczepanik, R. Przybylak - Morphology and sedimentary environments of the Baszkara ·and Dzankuat Glaciers in the High Kaukas / A. Karczewski, A. Kostrzewski,P. W. Kowalew. - Stratigraphic position and remarks on sedimentation of the Brentskardhaugen Bed, Spitsbergen / A. Wierzbowski, G. Biernat, C. Kulicki. - Some remarks concerning the structure of groups of the bottom fauna of the Admiralty Bay - King George Island, South Shetland / P. Presler, K. Jażdżewski·, W. Jurasz, W. Kittel, J. Siciński. - Biological indexes of the hydrological conditions - observations from Hornsund region, Spitsbergen / J. M. Węsławski. - The habitability of the littoraly rocks in region Steinvika and Hyttevika Bays, Vestspitsbergen / O. Różycki, M. Gruszczynski. - Some aspects of the acoustical estimation of the krill abundance / M. Brzozowska. - Liberation of carbon dioxide from tundra soils / H. Dziadowiec. - Exploration in the Hornsundfiord region / J. Szupryczyński. - , In polnischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: AWI G3-18-91845
    In: Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen : 2, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse, 2/1992
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 60 S , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt , 25 cm
    Series Statement: Nachrichten der Akademie der Wissenschaften in Göttingen : 2, Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse 2/1992
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: I. Einleitung: Forschungsgegenstand, Fragestellung, Untersuchungsraum und Untersuchungsmethoden. - II. Hydrologische Parameter der Schneeschmelze. - 1. Die Flußgebiete Andy Creek und Douglas Creek. - 2. Die Schneedecke und Schnee-Ablation. - 3. Das Aufeis. - 4. Der nivale Abfluß. - 5. Die Wassertemperatur. - 6. Die Aufeis-Ablation. - III. Mikroklimatische Parameter der Schneeschmelze. - 1. Der Gang des Niederschlages. - 2. Der Gang der Lufttemperatur. - 3. Der Gang der Einstrahlung. - 4. Der Gang der Bodentemperatur und -auftautiefe. - IV. Die fluviale Morphodynamik während der Schneeschmelze. - V. Schlußfolgerungen: Die periglazial-fluviale Morphodynamik und ihre klimatisch-hydrologischen Voraussetzungen. - Literaturverzeichnis.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bonn : Federal Republic of Germany, Press and Public Relations Department
    Call number: AWI P6-18-91970
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: iv, 169 Seiten
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Introduction. - International co-operation. - Intergovernmental co-operation. - Non-governmental co-operation. - I. Scientific Programme. - 1. Astronomy. - 2. Biological Sciences. - 2.1 The marine ecosystem and its living resources. - 2.1.1 Food resources, phytoplankton production and zooplankton. - 2.1.2 The role of the benthos. - 2.1.3 The role of micro-organisms. - 2.1.4 Distribution and incidence of seals in the pack-ice of the Weddell Sea. - 2.1.5 Distribution and life history of fishes. - 2.1.6 Large-scaie distribution and drift of krill. - 2.1.7 Composition and behaviour of krill shoals. - 2.1.8 Preservation and processing of krill. - 2.2 The adaptation of antarctic marine organisms to their environment. - 2.2.1 Experiments and marine studies on .the ecophysiology of krill. - 2.2.2 Temperature regulation and food requirements of warm-blooded antarctic animals. - 2.2.3 Growth, digestive system and food economy of antarctic fishes. - 2.2.4 Freezing resistance of sea animals. - 2.2.5 Taxonomy of antarctic marine organisms. - 2.3 Terrestrial biology in Antarctica. - 2.3.1 Temperature adjustments in the reproductive biology of antarctic birds. - 2.3.2 Biochemical bases of growth processes in poikilothermic organisms at very low temperatures. - 2.3.3 Nutritional biology of poikilothermic herbivora. - 2.3.4 Study of lichens, fungi and bacteria in Antarctica and on offshore islands. - 2.3.5 Photosynthesis and heterotrophic life cycle of plants at very low temperatures. - 2.4 Environmental protection in Antarctica. - 2.5 Human biology and medicine in polar regions. - 3. Geodesy, Cartography and Remote Sensing. - 3.1 Satellite geodesy. - 3.2 Doppler satellite positioning. - 3.3 Geodetic mapping of ice-free areas. - 3.4 Remote-sensing by satellite. - 4. Geology and Geophysics. - 4.1 Study of drift processes as a contribution to the geological history of Antarctica. - 4.1.1 Study of magnetic structures by means of aeromagnetic photography. - 4.1.2 Paleomagnetic studies of drift evolution. - 4.1.3 Micro-earthquakes as indicators of tectonic activity. - 4.1.4 Earth tides and natural oscillations of the earth. - 4.2 Studies of the structure of crust and mantle. - 4.2.1 Structure of the basement complex of the transantarctic mountain chain in the area east of the Filchner Ice Shelf. - 4.2.2 Structure of the basement of the Weddell Sea, the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf, and the peripheral area. - 4.2.3 Oldest and highly metamorphous rocks of the East Antarctic. - 4.3 Stratigraphy, tectonics and magmatism in the mobile areas. - 4.3.1 Mobile fringe areas of the East Antarctic. - 4.3.2 Paleozoic and mesozoic mountains(Beacon upper group) in the transantarctic mountains. - 4.3.3 Early paleozoic to cainozoic orogenes in the area around the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf. - 4.4 Study of exogenous processes under extremely cold conditions. - 4.4.1 Glacial geology and geomorphology. - 4.4.2 Weathering and detrital formation. - 4.5 Geoscientific marine research. - 5. Glaciology. - 5.1 Volume and dynamics of the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf. - 5.2 Determining the extent and thickness of the ice and its temporal variation in the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf sector and peripheral areas. - 5.3 Determining the composition and inner structure of the Filchner/Ronne Ice Shelf on the basis of geophysical surface measurements. - 5.4 Studies of the dynamics of the pack-ice in the Weddell Gyre. - 5.5 Physical characteristics of ocean ice. - 5.6 Glaciological drillings. - 5.7 Chemical composition and accumulation genesis of antarctic background aerosol; global transport of trace gases and aerosols. - 5.8 Study of the elastic and rheological characteristics of ice, its heat conductability and texture affected by deformation. - 6. Upper Atmosphere and Extraterrestrial Physics. - 6.1 Investigation of whistlers and VLF radio emissions (chorus, hiss, etc) at conjugated points. - 6.2 Study of terresterial magnetic pulsations at conjugated points. - 6.3 Study of atmospherics to obtain more precise data on worldwide thunderstorms. - 6.4 Measurements of the aero-electric field. - 6.5 Balloon-based study of the ionosphere in the light of Mg t resonance lines. - 6.6 Measurement of the vertical distribution of ozone, steam and aerosol up to an altitude of 30 km. - 6.7 Measurements of emission in the infrared 9.6 µ ozone band from the ground. - 6.8 Other projects which may be carried out simultaneously with the above or later. - 6.9 Proposed basic terrestrial magnetic equipment for the Antarctic Station. - 6.10 Meteorite search expedition. - 6.11 Study of micrometeorites and cosmic dust. - 7. Meteorology and Oceanography. - 7.1 Meteorology. - 7.1.1 Atmospheric boundary stratum. - 7.1.2 Study of stratospheric circulation. - 7.1.3 Measurement of trace gases over long periods. - 7.1.4 Other research projects. - 7.1.5 Weather service observations and consultations. - 7.1.6 Basic meteorological equipment for the Antarctic Station. - 7.2 Physical oceanography. - 7.2.1 Formation and extent of bottom water in the Atlantic sector of the circumantarctic ocean. - 7.2.2 Numeric simulation of the vertical flows of material, energy and impulses. - 7 2.3 Time scales of transportation in deep water with the aid of radioactive trace elements. - 7.2.4 Detection of heavy metals in the Antarctic Ocean. - 7.2.5 Fishery oceanography in circumantarctic waters. - 7.2.6 Other research projects. - 8. Engineering Sciences. - 8.1 Shipbuilding technology. - 8.1.1 Measuring and testing programme regarding the performance of vessels in ice and technical developments in the construction of ice-going vessels. - 8.2 Iceberg location and navigation. - 8.2.1 Iceberg location. - 8.2.2 Development of precision positioning systems (also for dynamic positioning) to ensure noninterference with signals transmitted through ice and water masses of different thicknesses. - 8.3 Construction techniques. - 8.4 Exploration techniques. - 8.5 Other topics. - The Antarctic Research Station. - The Polar Research and Supply Ship. - The Polar Research Institute. - Institutions contributing to the Programme.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91903
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 93 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe Anwendung von Isotopen und Kernstrahlungen in Wissenschaft und Technik 5
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Grundlagen der 15N-Tracertechnik. - 3. Versuchsplanung und -auswertung. - 3.1. Begriffe und Symbole. - 3.2. Formeln und Definitionen für die Berechnung der in der 15N-Tracertechnik benötigten Größen. - 3.2.1. Relative 15N-Häufigkeit. - 3.2.2. Molmasse. - 3.2.3. Stickstoffgehalt. - 3.2.4. N-Masse. - 3.2.5. Stoffmenge. - 3.2.6. N-Menge. - 3.2.7. 15N- bzw. 14N-Menge. - 3.2.8. 15N-Masse. - 3.2.9. 15N-Exzeßmasse. - 3.2.10. Titrimetrische Neutralisationsanalysen. - 3.2.11. Spektren-Auswertung der 15N-Messung. - 3.3. Untersuchung statischer Eigenschaften biologischer Systeme (statische Isotopenverdünnungsanalyse). - 3.4. Untersuchung des dynamischen Verhaltens biologischer Systeme. - 3.4.1. Modellierung von Tracerprozessen. - 3.4.2. Theoretische Grundlagen der mathematischen Modellierung. - 3.4.3. Modell des Stickstoff-Stoffwechsels im Ackerboden. - 3.5. Berechnungsbeispiele zu den Abschnitten 3.2. bis 3.4. - 3.5.1. Isotopenstöchiometrie. - 3.5.2. Titrimetrische Analyse einer 15N-markierten Substanz. - 3.5.3. Isotopenverdünnungsanalyse. - 3.5.4. Tracerkinetik. - 3.6. Literatur. - 4. Methodik der Probenaufbereitung und Isotopenanalytik. - 4.1. Aufarbeitung des Probenmaterials. - 4.2. Chemische Aufbereitung. - 4.3. Probenchemie. - 4.3.1. Dumas-Methode. - 4.3.2. Hypobromit-Methode. - 4.3.3. Sonstige Methoden. - 4.4. Isotopenanalytik. - 4.4.1. Emissionsspektrometrische 15N-Analytik. - 4.4.1.1. Isotopenanalytik mit dem 15N-Analysator NOI-5. - 4.4.1.2. Isotopenanalytik mit dem automatischen 15N-Analysator ISONITROMAT 5200. - 4.4.2. Massenspektrometrische 15N-Isotopenanalyse. - 4.4.3. Methodenvergleich. - 4.5. Fehlerquellen in der 15N-Analytik. - 4.6. Weitere Analysenmethoden in der 15N-Tracertechnik. - 4.6.1. NMR-Spektroskopie. - 4.6.2. Kombinierte Gaschromatographie-Massenspektroskopie und Hochdruck-Flüssigkeitschromatographie-Massenspektroskopie. - 4.7. Literatur. - 5. 15N-Anwendung in der Biochemie. - 5.1. Die biologische Stickstoff-Fixierung. - 5.2. Pflanzenphysiologie. - 5.3. Tierphysiologie. - 5.4. Literatur. - 6. 15N-Anwendung in der landwirtschaftlichen Forschung. - 6.1. Allgemeines. - 6.2. Die Anwendung 15N-markierter Düngemittel zum Studium des N-Umsatzes im Boden. - 6.2.1. Stickstoff-Festlegung. - 6.2.1.1. Ammoniumfixierung und Sorption an organischen Bodenbestandteilen. - 6.2.1.2. Stickstoff-Festlegung in organischen N-Verbindungen. - 6.2.2. Verfügbarkeit und Mobilisierung von Stickstoff. - 6.2.3. Stickstoff-Transformation und Dynamik des Stickstoff-Umsatzes. - 6.2.3.1. Mineralisierung und Immobilisierung. - 6.2.3 .2. Humifizierung. - 6.2.3.3. Nitritzersetzung im Boden. - 6.2.4. Ausnutzung des Düngemittel-Stickstoffs und Stickstoff-Verluste (N-Bilanz). - 6.2.5. Migration von Düngemittel-Stickstoff im Boden. - 6.2.6. Nachwirkungseffekt. - 6.2.7. Forstwirtschaftliche Untersuchungen mit 15N. - 6.3. Die Anwendung 15N-markierter Düngemittel zum Studium des Stickstoff-Umsatzes in der Pflanze. - 6.3.1. Die Aufnahme des Stickstoffs und ihre Beeinflussung durch N-Form, Applikationsart, Pflanzenart, Ernährungszustand, Spurenelementversorgung, Temperatur und Zusammensetzung des Nährsubstrates (Stickstoff-Fixierung). - 6.3.2. Die Ausnutzung des Düngemittel-Stickstoffs durch die Pflanze. - 6.3.3. Verteilung des Dünge-Stickstoffs in der Pflanze. - 6.3.4. Stoffwechsel des gedüngten Stickstoffs. - 6.4. Die Untersuchung des Stickstoff-Umsatzes im Tier mittels 15N. - 6.4.1. Eiweißstoffwechsel. - 6.4.1.1. Proteinverdaulichkeit, Stickstoff-Verweilzeitstudien und Aminosäure-Resorptionskinetik. - 6.4.1.2. Biosynthese von Eiproteinen. - 6.4.1.3. Metabolismus von NPN-Verbindungen bei Wiederkäuern. - 6.5. Literatur. - 7. 15N-Anwendung in der medizinischen Forschung. - 7.1. Besonderheiten der Anwendung stabiler Isotope in der Humanmedizin. - 7.2. Biochemie des Intermediärstoffwechsels. - 7.2.1. Anatomische Lokalisation von Stoffwechselprozessen. - 7.2.2. Aufklärung von Stoffwechselwegen durch Erfassung der Stoffwechselzwischen- oder Endprodukte. - 7.2.3. Bestimmung der mittleren Verweilzeit bzw. Lebensdauer von Verbindungen. - 7.2.4. Bestimmung der Größe von Stoffwechsel-Pools. - 7.3. Gastroenterologie. - 7.4. Pädiatrie. - 7.5. Ernährung. - 7.6. Beiträge zur Diagnostik und Ursachenforschung von Krankheiten und zu pharmakologischen Fragestellungen. - 7.7. Literatur.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: AWI G7-18-92027
    Description / Table of Contents: The book by M. S. Krass and V. G. Merzlikin "The Radiative Thermophysics of Snow and Ice"- the new point of view with usage of methods of light-scattering media theory is realized as working of theory of radiative thermophysics of snow and ice. The statements of new class of thermophysics problems are presented, snow and ice are supposed as light-scattering media with volume reflection and absorption. For the first time this method have helped to explain some noted effects of metamorphic evolution in upper active layer of snow-ice medium and to correct lows of their mass-energy exchange. Optical and physical models for different kinds of snow and ice were studied. The models take into account snow and ice-atmosphere interaction by means of convective heat transfer, solar flux and long-wavelength reradiation, and also phase transitions in medium and at boundaries. The model realizations of various native cases of forming heat regime within snow-ice covers are considered. For all that the way of practical use of theoretical results is shown. The range of the problems makes the book to be interesting for experts in glaciology and planetology, physicists, mathematicians, geographers, climatologists.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 260 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 5-286-00243-9
    Language: Russian
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - Legend. - Chapter 1. Basic Directions of Snow and Ice Thermal Physics Study. - 1. Analysis of traditional theoretical and experimental methods. - 2. New methodological point of view on the thermal physics of snow-ice masses. - 3. Conditions of initial data. - 4. Complex heat transfer within the system "space-atmosphere-earth surface". - 5. Optical and thermophysical properties of snow and ice. - Chapter 2. General Statement of the Problem of Radiative Thermophysics. - 1. Absorption and scattering of light in optical-heterogeneous media. - 2. Optical phenomenological models and parameters of radiation transfer in light-scattering media (LSM). - 3. Distribution of absorbed radiation flux in the unlimited layer of LSM. - 4. Optical models and snow and ice characteristics as LSM ones. - 5. Influence of boundary conditions upon thermal regime of lightscattering snow-ice layer. - 6. Statements of basic problems of radiative thermal physics of snow and ice. - Chapter 3. Thermal Regime of Snow-Ice Cover. - 1. Estimation of heat processes characteristics of snow-ice covers. - 2. Oscillating external sources. - 3. Radiative-conductive mechanism of snow and ice heating. - 4. Thermal regime of combined snow-ice layers. - 5. Melting in snow-ice media under conditions of radiative heat transfer. - 6. Thermo-radiative heating and balance of the upper part of active layer of antarctic snow-ice covers. - Chapter 4. The Model of Metamorphic Evolution of Snow and Ice. - 1. Influence of radiation fluxes upon icy crystals of snow cover. - 2. Mechanism of sublimation under forming of snow cover. - 3. Phenomenological picture of sublimation in snow medium. - 4. The model of radiative-thermal regime under sublimation. - 5. Thermal regime of snow and ice under conditions of evaporation and condensation. - 6. On nature of snow and ice metamorphism. - Chapter 5. Radiative Thermophysics of Snow-Ice Masses in Practical utilization. - 1. Heat regime of snow-ice cover under thermoregulative film. - 2. Influence upon surface melting of glaciers. - 3. Antarctic experiments on artificial increase of ablation. - 4. Artificial increase of ablation control. - 5. Ecological aspects of artificial increase of ablation. - 6. Cooling in polar regions. - Chapter 6. Thermophysics of Antarctic Lakes. - 1. Natural conditions of oases. - 2. Types of antarctic lakes. - 3. One-dimensional heat problem. - 4. Simplification of the model. - 5. Thermal regime of fresh and saline lakes. - 6. Phenomenon of fresh-saline stratified lakes. - 7. Stationary model including mass transfer. - 8. Thermal regime of fresh-saline lake Vanda. - Chapter 7. Space Glaciology. - 1. Ice in Solar system. - 2. Radiative thermophysics of ice under cosmic conditions. - 3. Ice of cometary nuclei. - 4. Heat-balance models of 'radiative thermophysics of cometary nuclei. - Conclusion. - References. - Index. , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: AWI P6-19-92187
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 21 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: 1. Introduction. - 2. Background. - 2.1. Polar research in the Federal Republic of Germany. - 2.2. Previous research at "Georg von Neumayer". - 3. Reasons for a replacement station. - 4. Plans for the removal of "Georg von Neumayer". - 5. The new research station "Neumayer". - 5.1. Building operation. - 5.1.1. Planned construction site and operational phase. - 5.1.2. Supply vessel, building machinery and fuel. - 5.1.3. Building camp and waste management. - 5.2. Description of the new station. - 5.2.1. Station design. - 5.2.2. Energy generation and fuel storage. - 5.2.3. Waste management. - 5.2.4. Alternative energy. - 6. Description of the environment. - 6.1. Regional characteristics. - 6.2. Characteristics of Atka Bay. - 6.2.1. Physical conditions. - 6.2.2. Biological conditions. - 7. Consideration of potential environmental impacts. - 7.1. Building operation. - 7.2. Future operation of the station. - 8. Conclusion. - 9. References.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(1988/1989)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, [2.]
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 156 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0940-4546 , 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung [2.]
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitende Übersicht 2. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit 3. Forschungsarbeiten 3.1 Expeditionen 3.1.1 Arktisreise ARK V (April -August 1988) 3.1.2 Antarktisreise ANT VII (September 1988 - April 1989, EPOS: Die erste europäische Antarktisexpedition) 3.1.3 Arktisreise ARK VI (April - Juli 1989) 3.1.4 Antarktisreise ANT VII, 1-4 (August -Dezember 1989) 3.2 Arbeitsberichte der Sektionen 3.2.1 Biologie I (Zoologie) 3.2.2 Biologie II (Botanik und Mikrobiologie) 3.2.3 Chemie 3.2.4 Geologie 3.2.5 Geophysik 3.2.6 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre I (Feldstudien) 3.2.7 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre II (Modelle) 3.2.8 Meeresphysik und Meßwesen 3.3 Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen 4. Logistik 4.1 Antarktisstationen 4.2 Neubauprojekte 4.3 FS "Polarstern" und FS "Victor Hensen" 4.4 Polarflugzeuge und Hubschrauber 4.5 Allgemeine Logistik 4.6 Ingenieurprojekte 4.7 Internationale Einbindung 5. Zentrale Einrichtungen 5.1 Öffentlichkeitsarbeit 5.2 Bibliothek 5.3 Rechenzentrum 6. Personeller Aufbau und Entwicklung 6.1 Personal 6.2 Haushalt Anhang I Personal II Wissenschaftliche Veranstaltungen III Publikationen IV Veröffentlichungen V Abgeschlossene Examensarbeiten VI "Polarstern"-Expeditionen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : [Verlag nicht ermittelbar]
    Call number: AWI P2-19-92186
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 23 Seiten
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bonn : Federal Ministery for Research and Technology
    Call number: AWI A1-19-92588
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 51 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 3881352376
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Introduction The Earth as a global system Basic building blocks Introduction The atmosphere The hydrosphere The cryosphere The geosphere The biosphere Global cycles Introduction The water cycle Bio-geochemical cycles Natural changes Introduction Crucial changes on characteristic time scales The development of civilization and its consequences for the Earth system Signals from a disturbed environment Introduction The changed environment Problems caused by a growing world population The world of tomorrow Introduction Climate models and their limits Living in a greenhouse searching for traces and solutions The sciences being challenged Introduction Guidelines for a program of research into global changes Science and politics take up the challenge: International and national research programs Introduction International efforts Global Change research in Germany Acronyms and Abbreviations Bibliography: Illustrations
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Bonn : Bundesministerium für Forschung und Technologie, Referat Öffentlichkeitsarbeit
    Call number: AWI A1-19-92589
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 40 Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    ISBN: 388135252X (geh.)
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort Einleitung Die Erde als globales System Bausubstanz Die turbulente Lufthülle Der träge Weltozean Die sensiblen Eismassen Die Erde: Kruste, Mantel, Kern Leben im Meer und an Land Natürliche Veränderungen Kreisläufe Der Wasserkreislauf Die Nährstoff-Kreisläufe Die Zivilisation und ihre Folgen Der zusätzliche Treibhauseffekt Ozon - das magische Molekül Schatztruhe Regenwald Bevölkerungswachstum Die Weit von morgen Die Rettung des Planeten Suchen nach Spuren und Lösungen Herausgeforderte Wissenschaft Neue Forschungsstrategien Nach dem Umweltgipfel in Rio Quellenverzeichnis: Abbildungen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: ZSP-321-7
    In: GEOMAR-Report, 7
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 104, [12] Seiten , Illustrationen , 30 cm
    Series Statement: GEOMAR-Report 7
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Universität Kiel, 1991 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS ZUSAMMENFASSUNG I. EINLEITUNG 1. Einführung und Zielsetzungen 2. Morphologie und Ozeanographie im Europäischen Nordmeer II. METHODEN 1. Das Untersuchungsmaterial 1.1 Beprobung der Sedimente 1. 2 Chemische Aufbereitung 2. Klassifizierung der organischen Mikrofossilien 3. Auswertung der Streupräparate 3.1 Relative Häufigkeiten 3.2 Semiquantitative Abschätzungen der Zystenkonzentrationen 4. Zeitskalen 5. Statistische Verfahren 5.1 Klusteranalyse 5. 2 Faktorenanalyse III. DIE PALÖKOLOGIE DER DINGFLAGELLATEN-ZYSTEN UND VERWANDTER ORGANISCHER MIKROFOSSILIEN IM EUROPÄISCHEN NORDMEER 1. Rekonstruktion der Ökologie aus Verbreitungsmustern in rezenten Oberflächensedimenten 2. Ökologie der Dinoflagellaten und ihrer Zysten 2.1 Die Ökologie der Dinoflagellaten und die biologische Bedeutung ihrer Zysten 2.2 Die Ökologie der Dinoflagellaten-Zysten 2.3 Fossile Oberlieferung der Dinoflagellaten-Populationen 3. Die Verbreitungsmuster der Taxa und Gemeinschaften 3.1 Biogeographie und Ökologie der einzelnen Taxa 3.2 Gemeinschaften im Europäischen Nordmeer 3.3 Konzentrationen der Dinoflagellaten-Zysten 4. Die ökologische Klassifikation der Taxa 4.1 Klusteranalyse: Gruppierung der Taxa 4.2 Faktorenanalyse: Definiten von Gemeinschaften 4.3 Synthese: Die ökologische Klassifikation 5. Vergleich mit dem kieseligenund kalkigen Plankton 5.1 Konzentrationen der Planktongruppen 5.2 Zusammensetzung der Faunen und Floren 6. Zusammenfassung: Ökologie und Ozeanographie 6.1 Die Verbreitungsmuster einzelner Arten und die Ozeanographie 6.2 Gemeinschaften und Ozeanographie IV. DIE SPÄT-UND POSTGLAZIALE ENTWICKLUNG DES NORWEGENSTROMES 1. Paläo-ozeanographie in den letzten 15000 Jahren 2. Ergebnisse 2.1 Dinozysten-Gemeinschaften im Spät-und Postglazial 2.2 Stratigraphie und Florenereignisse 2.3 Die isochrone Verbreitung der einzelnen Taxa 3. Dinoflagellaten-Zysten als Anzeiger palökologischer Veränderungen 3.1 Die Entwicklung der Gemeinschaften im Europäischen Nordmeer 3.2 Die Entwicklung der Gemeinschaften im Europäischen Nord-meer im Vergleich zu den angrenzenden Meeresgebieten 4. Die spät-und postglazialen Fluktuationen und Veränderungen des Norwegenstromes 4.1 Ursachen für die ozeanegraphischen Veränderungen 4.2 Zusammenhänge zwischen Florenveränderungen und paläo-ozeanographischen Ereignissen V. DANK VI. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TAFELN
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Akademie der Wissenschaften der DDR, Zentralinstitut für Physik der Erde
    Call number: AWI E3-19-93097
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 50 Seiten
    Language: German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: AWI A3-20-93434
    In: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin, Band XXXII, Heft 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 121 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Meteorologische Abhandlungen / Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin 32,1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugleich: Dissertation, Freie Unversität Berlin, [ca. 1963] , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS PROBLEMSTELLUNG UND ZIELSETZUNG 1. BEMERKUNGEN ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSGELÄNDE UND ZUM BEOBACHTUNGSMATERIAL 1.1 Das Beobachtungsgelände 1.2 Das Beobachtungsmaterial 2. HOMOGENITÄTSBETRACHTUNGEN 2.1 Temperatur 2.2 Niederschlag 2.3 Wind 2.4 Sonnenschein und Bewölkung 3. TEMPERATURVERHÄLTNISSE 3.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 3.2 Tageswerte 3.3 Pentadenwerte 3.4 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 3.5 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 3.6 Der tägliche Gang 3.7 Vorkommen bestimmter Schwellenwerte 3.71 Frost- und Eistage 3.72 Sommer- und Tropentage 4. DER WASSERGEHALT DER LUFT 4.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 4.2 Tageswerte 4.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 4.4 Interdiurne Veränderlichkeit 4.5 Der tägliche Gang 5. BEWÖLKUNGSVERHÄLTNISSE 5.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 5.2 Tageswerte 5.3 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 5.4 Der tägliche Gang 5.5 Heitere und trübe Tage 5.6 Nebel 6. SONNENSCHEIN 6.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 6.2 Tageswerte 6.3 Der tägliche Gang 7. NIEDERSCHLAGSVERHÄLTNISSE 7.1 Monats- und Jahreswerte 7.2 Niederschlagsbereitschaft 7.3 Tageswerte 7.4 Der tägliche Gang 7.5 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 7.6 Niederschlags- und Trockenperioden 7.7 Niederschlag und Wind· 7.8 Schneeverhältnisse 7.81 Schneefall und Schneedecke 7.82 Schneehöhe 7.9 Gewitter 8. WINDVERHÄLTNISSE 8.1 Windrichtung 8.2 Windgeschwindigkeit 8.21 Der jährliche Gang 8.22 Häufigkeitsbetrachtungen 8.23 Sturmtage und Windstillen 8.24 Der tägliche Gang 9.ZUSAMMENFASSUNG VERZEICHNIS DER TEXTTABELLEN VERZEICHNIS DER ABBILDUNGEN LITERATURVERZEICHNIS TABELLENANHANG
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute for Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93042-1
    In: Interregional Training Course on Radiochemistry, [Hauptband]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 248 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Manual 1.1 Beta measurements 1.2 Measurement of the energy spectrum and range of α-radiation with semiconductor detectors 1.3 Error and statistical tests 1.4 Basic experiments of gamma spectroscopy 2.1 Determination of certain elements in sedimental atmospheric dust by x-ray fluorescence analysis 2.2 Calibration and efficiencies (see Supplement) 2.3 Thin-layer chromatographic separation and test of the purity of labelled compounds 2.4 Separation of Thorium-234 from Uranium-238 2.5 Separation of 137Ca/137mBa by precipitation and sorption 3.1 Determination of phosphate by simple isotope dilution analysis and determination of Zn in MgSO4 by substoichiometric isotope dilution analysis 3.2 The Szilard-Chalmers effect 3.3 Determination of the Ag content in slags by instrumental neutron activation analysis 4.1 Isotope exchange of Ethyl Iodide and Sodium Iodide 4.2 Liquid scintillation counting of Carbon-14 and Tritium 4.3 Autoradiography - Demonstration of Autoradiographic techniques Lectures 1.1 Fundamentals of radioactivity / G. K. Vormum 1.2 Interaction of nuclear radiation with matter / G. K. Vormum 1.4 Equations of radioactive decay / G. K. Vormum 1.5 Radiation detectors / M. Geisler 2.1 Radiation spectroscopy / M. Geisler 2.5 Handling of radioisotopes / G. K. Vormum 2.7 Behaviour of radionuclides in very low concentrations / H. Koch 3.6 Particle sources / J. W. Leonhardt 4.2 Tracers in chemical kinetics / J. Dermietzel 4.4 Liquid Scintillation Counting (LSC) / R. Trettin 5.1 Isotopic tracers in biology / H. Hübner 5.2 Low-level counting / R. Trettin 5.4 Basic concepts of radioimmunoassay (RIA) / G. K. Vormum 6.2 Radionuclide generators / R. Otto
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer | New York [u.a.] : Chapman & Hall
    Call number: AWI G3-20-93489
    Description / Table of Contents: Frozen Ground Engineering first introduces the reader to the frozen environment and the behavior of frozen soil as an engineering material. In subsequent chapters this information is used in the analysis and design of ground support systems, foundations, and embankments. These and other topics make this book suitable for use by civil engineering students in a one-semester course on frozen ground engineering at the senior or first-year-graduate level. Students are assumed to have a working knowledge of undergraduate mechanics (statics and mechanics of materials) and geotechnical engineering (usual two-course sequence). A knowledge of basic geology would be helpful but is not essential. This book will also be useful to advanced students in other disciplines and to engineers who desire an introduction to frozen ground engineering or references to selected technical publications in the field. BACKGROUND Frozen ground engineering has developed rapidly in the past several decades under the pressure of necessity. As practical problems involving frozen soils broadened in scope, the inadequacy of earlier methods for coping became increasingly apparent. The application of ground freezing to geotechnical projects throughout the world continues to grow as significant advances have been made in ground freezing technology. Freezing is a useful and versatile technique for temporary earth support, groundwater control in difficult soil or rock strata, and the formation of subsurface containment barriers suitable for use in groundwater remediation projects.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-1-4757-2292-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents PREFACE CHAPTER 1. FROZEN GROUND 1.1 Frozen ground support systems Frozen earth wall Design considerations 1.2 Seasonally and perennially frozen ground Cold regions: definition Subsurface temperatures Active layer, Permafrost 1.3 Terrain features in permafrost areas Ground ice features Patterned ground 1.4 Engineering considerations Freezing process Thawing of frozen ground Frost action Useful aspects of frozen ground Ice as a construction material Problems CHAPTER 2. PHYSICAL AND THERMAL PROPERTIES 2.1 Composition and structure of frozen ground Soil types Phase relationships Ice phase Particle size and size distribution Consistency of cohesive soils 2.2 Soil classification Unified soil classification system Frozen soil classification 2.3 Water-ice phase relationships Unfrozen water in frozen soil Effect of solutes on freezing 2.4 Soil frost action Frost action process Frost susceptibility of soils Frost-heave forces Freeze-thaw effects on permeability 2.5 Thermal properties Thermal conductivity Heat capacity Thermal diffusiuity Latent heat of fusion Thermal expansion (or contraction) Problems CHAPTER 3. HEAT FLOW IN SOILS 3.1 Heat transfer at the ground surface Climatic factors Freezing (or thawing) indices Surface n-factor 3.2 Seasonal ground freezing (or thawing) Frost depth Thawing of frozen soil Design implications 3.3 Temperature below cooled (or heated) areas Steady state heat flow Transient temperatures Periodic heat flow 3.4 Thermal analysis: frozen ground support systems Single freeze pipe Wall formation Multiple rows of freeze pipes Problems CHAPTER 4. THAW BEHAVIOR OF FROZEN GROUND 4.1 Thaw settlement 4.2 Consolidation of thawing soils Thaw consolidation Residual stress in thawing soils 4.3 Thaw-consolidation in some layered systems Two layer soil problems Compressible soil ouer discrete ice layers Problems CHAPTER 5. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF FROZEN SOILS 5.1 Stress-strain-time and strength behavior Hydrostatic pressure effect on frozen soil behavior Shear stress effect on frozen soil behavior 5.2 Factors influencing creep and strength Creep of frozen soil under constant stress Stress-strain behavior under constant strain rate Ice content effect on strength Normal pressure effect on strength Strain rate effect on strength Temperature effect on strength Frozen soil behauior at cryogenic temperatures 5.3 Analytical representation of creep and strength data General creep equation Strength of frozen soils Comparison with Vyalou's creep and strength equations Normal pressure effect on creep and strength Salinity effect on frozen soil creep and strength 5.4 Frozen soil behavior in uniaxial tension 5.5 Deformability of frozen soils 5.6 Compressibility of frozen soils Problems CHAPTER 6. CONSTRUCTION GROUND FREEZING 6.1 Design considerations Ground freezing applications Soil conditions Groundwater flow Ground movement 6.2 Freezing methods and system installation Primary plant and pumped loop secondary coolant Expendable liquid refrigerant Installation of the cooling system 6.3 Structural design of frozen earth walls Curved walls Straight walls and combinations Tunnels Finite-element method 6.4 Monitoring requirements Freeze hole deviation Temperature Frost boundary location and wall thickness 6.5 Other construction considerations Protection of exposed frozen earth Concrete placement against frozen earth Problems CHAPTER 7. FOUNDATIONS IN FROZEN SOILS 7.1 General considerations Foundations in seasonally frozen ground Foundations in permafrost 7.2 Shallow foundations Selection of foundation method Design of shallow foundations Bearing capacity Settlement considerations 7.3 Pile foundations Pile types Pile placement Pile freezeback Axially loaded piles Laterally loaded piles Anchors in frozen ground 7.4 Frost-heave forces on foundations Tangential forces on a vertical surface Design for frost heave Problems CHAPTER 8. STABILITY OF SOIL MASSES IN COLD REGIONS 8.1 Landslides in permafrost: classification 8.2 Slopes in thawing permafrost Low-angle planar flows Slides 8.3 Slopes in frozen soils 8.4 Slope stabilization methods Construction and design techniques Stabilization of planar slides Stabilization of cut slopes Problems CHAPTER 9. EARTHWORK IN COLD REGIONS 9.1 Site considerations Drainage Thermal and frost action factors Subsurface conditions Material sources 9.2 Excavation and transport Mechanical excavation Drilling and blasting Thawing frozen soil Hydraulic dredging 9.3 Field placement Compaction Placement in water 9.4 Water-retaining embankments on permafrost Unfrozen embankments Frozen embankments Maintaining the frozen state Thermal and stability considerations 9.5 Embankment performance Frost heave Settlement Stability Artificial islands CHAPTER 10. FIELD INVESTIGATIONS 10.1. Sampling frozen ground Sampling methods Sample protection 10.2 Ground-temperature measurement Temperature sensors and measuring equipment 10.3 Field testing of frozen soils Field test methods Pressuremeter test Deep static cone penetration test Other types of field tests 10.4 Geophysical methods Seismic velocities in frozen ground Electrical properties of frozen ground Geophysical techniques used in frozen ground High-frequency electrical methods Borehole logging in permafrost APPENDIX A. SYMBOLS APPENDIX B. SI UNITS APPENDIX C LABORATORY AND FIELD TESTS ON FROZEN SOILS C1 Handling, storage, and machining of specimens prior to testing C2 Uniaxial compression test C3 Uniaxial tensile test C.4 Salinity of soil pore water C5 Thermosiphon C6 Pile load test in permafrost REFERENCES AUTHOR INDEX SUBJECT INDEX
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94346
    In: Bibliotheca diatomologica, 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 386 Seiten
    ISBN: 3768213757
    Series Statement: Bibliotheca diatomologica 3
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: AWI Bio-21-94350
    In: Bibliotheca diatomologica, 30
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 241 Seiten , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    ISBN: 3443570216 (kart.)
    Series Statement: Bibliotheca diatomologica 30
    Language: German
    Note: INHALT Summary Verzeichnis der Abbildungen Verzeichnis der Tabellen Erläuterung der verwendeten Abkürzungen 1. EINLEITUNG 2. UNTERSUCHUNGSGEBIETE 2.1 Oberbayerische Alpenrandseen 2.2 Maarseen der Eifel 2.3 Hessische Baggerseen 2.4 Sonstige Seen 3. MATERIAL UND METHODEN 3.1 Probenahme und Substrat 3.2 Präparation und Auszählung 3.3 Chemisch-physikalische Parameter 3.4 Bestimmung der trophischen Kenngrößen 3.4.1 Toleranzen und Artengruppen 3.4.2 Präferenzen und Indikationssystem 3.5 Weitere statistische Verfahren und Kenngrößen der Gesellschaftsstruktur 4. ERGEBNISSE 4.1 Trophie-Indikation anhand von Aufwuchs-Diatomeen 4.1.1 Gesellschaftsstrukturen und trophischer Status 4.1.2 Trophische Valenzen und Artengruppen 4.1.3 Die Diatomeenflora der Seen: Vorkommen und Autökologie 4.1.4 Trophische Charakterisierung der Alpenrandseen anhand der Diatomeenflora Anwendung des Indikationssystems 4.1.5 Diversität und Trophie 4.2 Substrateinfluß 4.2.1 Gesellschaften natürlicher Substrate 4.2.2 Gesellschaften künstlicher Substrate 4.3 Bemerkungen zur Saisonalität: Der Aspektwechsel in den Alpenrandseen 5. DISKUSSION 6. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG 7. LITERATUR 8. ARTENREGISTER
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Anchorage, Alas. : Bureau of Land Management, Alaska State Office | Anchorage, Alas. : Alaska Natural History Association
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95156
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 128 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten , 27 cm
    ISBN: 0930931106 , 0-930931-10-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Introduction Oil - Catalyst for change The Haul Road - Highway to the Arctic Origins: The geologic setting Glaciers shape the land Glaciation and wildlife distribution Permafrost and the periglacial environment The Dalton Highway road log Glossary Selected references
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    College, Alas. : Division of Geological and Geophysical Surveys
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95009
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: IX,109 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Special report / Division of Geological and Geophysical Surveys 15
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction Sources of information Acknowledgments Physical setting of the Fairbanks area Topography and geology Climate Selected references Frozen ground Seasonally frozen ground Definition The problem Cause of frost heaving Frost action in the Fairbanks area Frost action on pile construction Highway bridges The Alaska Railroad Trans-Alaska Pipeline System Other frost-heave problems Loss of bearing strength Solutions to the frost-action problem Permafrost Definition The problem Origin and thermal regime Distribution and thickness Permafrost in the Fairbanks area Permafrost of the flood plain Permafrost of alluvial fans, colluvial slopes, and silt lowlands Boundaries between permafrost and non permafrost areas Character of ground ice Principles of land use in permafrost areas Ground subsidence caused by thawing of ice-rich permafrost Preliminary statement Thermokarst phenomena General features Therrnokarst mounds Therrnokarst pits Effects on agricultural development Effects on railroads Effects on roads and highways Effects on airfields Effects on heated buildings Effects on natural-gas and oil pipelines General statement Gas pipelines Trans-Alaska Pipeline System Effects on buried utility lines Indicators of permafrost Recognition of the problem Vegetation Small landforms and natural surface patterns Selected references Ground water Preliminary statement Ground water in the Fairbanks area Preliminary statement Tanana and Chena River flood plains Upland hills Lower hillslopes and creek-valley bottoms Geologic hazards associated with ground-water movement in permafrost regions Preliminary statement Artesian wells Icings Seepage icings Stream icings Summary of icings Pingos Selected references Earthquakes Introduction Causes and locations of earthquakes Classification and terminology of earthquakes Earthquake hazards in the Fairbanks area Summary of the earthquake hazard Selected references Landslides Landslides in the Fairbanks area Selected references Hillside erosion in loess Preliminary statement Examples of loess erosion Selected references Flooding Introduction History of flooding in the Fairbanks area Frequency of flooding in the Fairbanks area Solution to the problem of flooding Introduction Structural measures Nonstructural measures Flood proofing Flood warning and evacuation Flood insurance Selected references , Englisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Dissertations
    Dissertations
    Wageningen : Landbouwuniversiteit Wageningen
    Call number: AWI G3-23-95005
    Description / Table of Contents: In this thesis processes and parameters associated with heat and mass transfer in frozen porous media both on a theoretical and empirical basis are studied. To obtain the required measurements some existing measuring methods needed to be improved. Firstly, an improved model has been developed for the measurement of thermal conductivity with use of the nonsteady-state probe method. The measurements of thermal conductivity indicate four separate effects caused by the freezing process. The second improved measuring method is the measurement of bulk electrical conductivity with use of time-domain r e flectometry. And the third improvement is the use of the dispersion theory in the description of relations between water content and bulk electrical conductivity or dielectric constant. This thesis shows that time-domain reflectometry can be used to measure the unfrozen water content and bulk electrical conductivity simultaneously under frozen conditions and that from the latter parameter solute redistribution can be monitored. From the measured heat flows a time delay in the forming of pore ice can be concluded. From the measured moisture transport (resulting in frost heave) a relation with some soil properties could be established. For some of the materials studied a minimum temperature gradient has been observed at which heave starts . From this and other results an effort was made to come to a synthesis of the rigid ice concept and the segregation potential concept. The thesis finishes with some recommandations in connection with the improvement of soil structure by freezing, frost heave and artificial ground freezing.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 8, 204 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation, Landbouwuniversiteit Wageningen, Wageningen, 1991 , 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 Fields of interest 1.2 Macroscopic freezing test 1.3 Microscopic model 1.4 Aim of the thesis 1.5 Overview of the thesis 2 THEORY 2.0 Introduction to the chapter 2.1 Theory of different soil analyses 2.1.1 Particle size distribution 2.1.2 Specific surface area 2.1.3 Cation exchange capacity 2.1.4 Zeta potential 2.1.5 Water retention 2.1.6 Hydraulic conductivity 2.1.7 Thermal conductivity 2.2 Determination of soil water content by time-domain reflectometry 2. 2.1 Transmission line theory 2.2.2 Water content 2.2.3 Bulk electrical conductivity 2.3 Transfer of heat and mass 2.3.1 Moisture transport 2.3.2 Heat transport 2.3.3 Solute transport 3 NEW MODELS AND METHODS 3.0 Introduction to the chapter 3.1 A new model for the nonsteady-state probe method to measure thermal properties of porous media 3.1.0 Abstract 3.1.1 Introduction 3.1.2 Present approach 3.1.3 Experimental set-up 3.1.4 The perfect line source model 3.1.5 The modified Jaeger model 3.1.6 Gauss-Newton iteration 3.1.7 Calibration measurements 3.1.8 Conclusions 3.2 A new method to measure bulk electrical conductivity in soil using time-domain reflectometry 3.2.0 Abstract 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Measurement theory 3.2.3 Materials and methods 3.2.4 Results and discussion 3.2.5 Conclusions 3.3 Application of dispersion theory to time-domain reflectometry in soils 3.3.0 Abstract 3.3.1 Introduction 3.3.2 Dielectric constant as a function of water content 3.3.2.1 Soil as a two phase dielectric medium 3.3.2.2 Unfrozen soils 3.3.2.3 Frozen soils 3.3.3 Bulk electrical conductivity as a function of water content 3.3.4 Materials and methods 3.3.5 Results and discussion 3.3.5.1 Validation of the model for bulk electrical conductivity 3.3.5.2 Comparison with other models 3.3.6 Conclusions 3.3.7 Appendix 3.4 Description of the experiments to measure heat and mass transfer in freezing porous media 3.4.1 Experimental set-up 3.4.2 Used materials 3.4.3 Relations between soil physical and electrochemical properties 4 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 4.0 Introduction to the chapter 4.1 Thermal conductivity of unsaturated frozen sands 4. 1.0 Abstract 4.1. 1 Introduction 4.1. 2 Experimental set-up 4.1. 3 Theoretical approach 4. 1.4 Properties of the used sands 4.1.5 Measured heat flows 4.1. 6 Measured thermal conductivities 4.1. 7 Discussion 4.2 Heat transfer 4.2.1 Heat capacity 4.2.2 Thermal conductivity 4.2.2.1 Influence of the temperature dependence of the pore ice versus unfrozen water content 4.2.2.2 Contribution of the apparent thermal conductivity 4.2.2.3 Segregated ice content 4.2.2.4 Presence of the freezing front close to the measuring probe 4.2.3 Latent heat of in situ freezing 4.2.4 Heat balances 4.2.5 Temperature fields 4.2.6 Dynamics of heat flows in frozen porous materials 4.3 Moisture transfer 4.3.1 Segregation potential 4.3.2 Influence of soil physical and electrochemical properties 4.4 Application of time-domain reflectometry to measure solute concentration during soil freezing 4.4.0 Abstract 4.4.1 Introduction 4.4.2 Materials and methods 4.4.3 Results and discussion 4.4.3.1 Influence of temperature 4.4.3.2 Influence of liquid water content 4.4.3.3 Redistribution of solutes 4.4.4 Conclusions 4.5 Influence of added solutes on moisture transfer 5 CONCLUSIONS AND FINAL DISCUSSION 5.1 General discussion 5.2 Recommandations in connection with frost in porous media , Zusammenfassung in niederländischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", Sibirskoe otdelenie
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G3-24-95571-8
    In: Tektonika Sibiri, Tom 8
    Description / Table of Contents: Рассмотрены теоретические и методологические вопросы тектоники, в частности, тектоническое районирование и создание тектонических карт, периодизация тектонической истории Земли, иерархия тектонических объектов, изучение пликативных и дизъюнктивных форм, дистанционные методы в тектонике. Подведены итоги исследования тектоники отдельных регионов Сибири и Дальнего Востока. Сборник рассчитан на широкий круг геологов.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: Theoretical and methodological issues of tectonics are considered, in particular, tectonic zoning and the creation of tectonic maps, periodization of the tectonic history of the Earth, the hierarchy of tectonic objects, the study of plicative and disjunctive forms, remote sensing methods in tectonics. The results of the study of tectonics of individual regions of Siberia and the Far East are summed up. The collection is intended for a wide range of geologists.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 152 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Tektonika Sibiri / Akademija Nauk SSSR, Sibirskoe Otdelenie, Naučnyj Sovet po Tektonike Sibiri i Dalʹnego Vostoka Tom 8
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Предисловие Принципы тектонического районирования / Т. Н. Спижарский Периодизация тектонической истории Земли / Ч. В. Ворукаев Тектоника и "тектоники" / В. Ю Забродин, В. А. Кулындышев, В. А. Соловьев Иерархия тектонических объектов, их геоценозы и тектонические карты / В. И. Драгунов Глубинное строение и тектоника фундамента Сибирской платформы / Э. Э. Фотиади, М. П. Гришин, В. И. Лотышев, В. С. Сурков Место тектоники среди других наук о Земле / Ю. Н. Карогодин К теории дизъюнктивов / В. Ю. Забродин Методологические аспекты и критерии выделения основных структурных элементов земной коры / В. С. Бочкарев Карта разломов территории СССР и сопредельных стран масштаба 1:2 500 000 / Н. А. Беляевский, А. И. Суворов, В.А. Унксов, С. Н. Тихомиров, С. К. Барыкин, Б. В. Ермков, А. Е. Михайлов, Ю. Е. Погребицкий, Г. З. Попова, Ю. М. Саркисов, В. Н. Семов, К. А. Шуркин О размещении промышленно-перспективных районов в поле плотности дизъюнктивов Сибири / В. В. Вогацкий, В. И. Витязь, В. Я. Ероменко, М. А. Чурилин Энергетика и эволюция мантийной циркуляции / К. И. Хейсканен Тектоническая позиция глубинных гранулитов и особенности строения нижних горизонтов земной коры / Л. П. Карсаков Спиральные системы геологических структур и некоторые приемы их выяв-ления / М. А. Чурилин Новая ротационная гипотеза структурообразования и тектоника плит / К. Ф. Тяпкин Значение будинажа при картировании немых толщ докембрия / С. Н. Кудрин Определение простракственной связи трещин отрыва со сместителем при комбинированных тектонических перемещениях / О. А. Сокольников Унаследованные и новообразованные Структуры многоэтапных деформаций / М. М. Константинов Применение дистанционных методов при тектонических исследованиях в западной части Сибирской платформы / Л. М. Герасимов, В. Ю. Лускина Разрывные нарушения Сибирской платформы по данным дешифрирования телевизионных космических снимков / В. Я. Ероменко Структурное районирование и металлогеническая специфика вых областей юга азиатской части СССР / В. А. Амантов, Е. В. Выковская, Г. Л. Добрецов, А. Л. Додин, Е. М. Заблоцкий, П. С. Матросов, У. И. Моисееnко, В. R. Путинцев, Ж. Н. Рудакова, Г. Н. Шапошников, А. Д. Щеглов Основные этапы развития древних платформ / К. Б. Мокшанцев, А. Ф. Петров, Г. С. Фрадкин Континенты и океаны раннего докембрия Сибири / А. М. Лейтес, В. С. Федоровский Тектоническая позиция анортозитовой формации Сибирской платформы и ее место в истории становления земной коры / В. Н. Мошкин , CONTENT Preface Principles of tectonic zoning / T. N. Spizharsky Periodization of the tectonic history of the Earth / Ch. V. Vorukaev Tectonics and “tectonics” / V. Yu Zabrodin, V. A. Kulyndyshev, V. A. Solovyov Hierarchy of tectonic objects, their geocenoses and tectonic maps / V. I. Dragunov Deep structure and tectonics of the foundation of the Siberian Platform / E. E. Fotiadi, M. P. Grishin, V. I. Lotyshev, V. S. Surkov The place of tectonics among other earth sciences / Yu. N. Karogodin On the theory of disjunctive / V. Yu. Zabrodin Methodological aspects and criteria for identifying the main structural elements of the earth's crust / V. S. Bochkarev Map of faults in the territory of the USSR and neighboring countries on a scale of 1:2,500,000 / N.A. Belyaevsky, A.I. Suvorov, V.A. Unksov, S. N. Tikhomirov, S. K. Barykin, B. V. Ermkov, A. E. Mikhailov, Yu. E. Pogrebitsky, G. Z. Popova, Yu. M. Sarkisov, V. N. Semov, K. A. Shurkin On the placement of industrially promising areas in the field of density of disjuncts of Siberia / V. V. Vogatsky, V. I. Vityaz, V. Ya. Eromenko, M. A. Churilin Energy and evolution of mantle circulation / K. I. Heiskanen Tectonic position of deep granulites and structural features of the lower horizons of the earth’s crust / L. P. Karsakov Spiral systems of geological structures and some techniques for their identification / M. A. Churilin New rotational hypothesis of structure formation and plate tectonics / K. F. Tyapkin The importance of boudinage when mapping silent Precambrian strata / S. N. Kudrin Determination of the spatial connection of detachment cracks with a displacement fault during combined tectonic movements / O. A. Sokolnikov Inherited and newly formed Structures of multi-stage deformations / M. M. Konstantinov Application of remote sensing methods in tectonic studies in the western part of the Siberian platform / L. M. Gerasimov, V. Yu. Luskina Discontinuity violations of the Siberian platform according to the interpretation of television space images / V. Ya. Eromenko Structural zoning and metallogenic specificity of the southern Asian parts of the USSR / V. A. Amantov, E. V. Vykovskaya, G. L. Dobretsov, A. L. Dodin, E. M. Zablotsky, P. S. Matrosov, U. I. Moiseenko, V. R. Putintsev, Zh. N. Rudakova, G. N. Shaposhnikov, A. D. Shcheglov The main stages of the development of ancient platforms / K. B. Mokshantsev, A. F. Petrov, G. S. Fradkin Continents and oceans of the Early Precambrian of Siberia / A. M. Leites, V. S. Fedorovsky Tectonic position of the anorthosite formation of the Siberian platform and its place in the history of the formation of the earth’s crust / V. N. Moshkin , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: AWI P9-17-90373
    In: Basler Beiträge zur Physiogeographie / Materialien zur Physiogeographie ; 15
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 226 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Basler Beiträge zur Physiogeographie / Materialien zur Physiogeographie 15
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - Preface. - Einleitung: Bemerkungen zur Datenverfügbarkeit und -verwendung und damit zur Verwendung des Bandes. - TEIL 1.: METHODENBERICHTE DER FORSCHUNGSGRUPPEN. - Das geoökologische Forschungskonzept im SPE-Projekt / H. Leser. - Die Kompartimente "Boden, Bodenwasser und bodennahe Luftschicht" im Standortregelkreis der Geoökosysteme am Liefdefjorden / M. Potschin, A. Rempfler und Ch. Döbeli. - Methoden und erste Ergebnisse zum Kompartiment "Humus" im Standortregelkreis der Geoökosysteme am Liefdefjorden / Ch. Wüthrich. - Methoden und erste Ergebnisse zum Kompartiment "Vegetation" im Standortregelkreis der Geoökosysteme am Liefdefjorden / Ch. Wüthrich und Ch. Döbeli. - Die Kompartimente "Permafrost, Schnee und Abfluss" im Standortregelkreis der Geoökosysteme am Liefdefjorden / K. Dettwiler. - Klimaökologie und Fernerkundung / D. Scherer, E. Parlow, N. Ritter und F. Siegrist. - Fluviale Dynamik und Stofftransport im südlichen Liefdefjorden (Beinbekken, Kvikkåa und Glopbreen) / D. Barsch, M. Gude, R. Mäusbacher, G. Schuhkraft, A. Schulte. - Verwitterung, Genese und Bodenverbreitung im Liefdefjord/Bockfjordgebiet (NW-Spitzbergen) - Untersuchungsmethoden und erste Ergebnisse / W. D. Blümel, J. Eberle und L. Weber. - Geomorphologie und Geoökologie eines glazial geprägten arktischen Küstengebietes, Liefdefjorden, Spitzbergen - Daten und erste Interpretation / L. King, J. Knies, E. Schmitt, M. Volk, D. Wollesen. - Datensammlung der in den Jahren 1989 bis 1991 im Raudfjord-, Liefdefjord-, Bockfjord- und Woodfjord-Gebiet gewonnenen Meßwerte / M. Möller, K. Piepjohn und F. Thiedig. - Hydrologische und faunistische Untersuchungen des Liefdefjordes / Ch. Plate und R. Wagner. - Zoologische und hydrographische Untersuchungen an limnischen arktischen Kleingewässern (Datensammlung) / H.-J. Spitzenberger, J. Mallwitz, D. Glaser. - TEIL 2: DATENTEIL.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: AWI G3-17-90374
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 197 S , zahl. Ill.
    Language: English
    Note: TABLE OF CONTENTS: List of figures. - List of plates. - List of tables. - Acknowledgements. - Preface. - Itinerary for Canadian portion of tour. - GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE AREA. - Physiography and geology. - Quaternary geology. - Northern Yukon Territory and Mackenzie Delta. - Cordilleran Ice Sheet. - Montane glaciers of the southern Ogilvie Ranges. - Correlation and chronology. - Laurentide Glaciation. - Climate. - The Mackenzie Basin. - Northern Yukon. - Soils. - Distribution in the permafrost regions of Canada. - Distribution in Northwestern Canada. - Spil properties. - Patterned Ground Morphology. - Soil Texture and Rate of Decomposition. - Moisture and Ice Ccontent. - Soil Temperatures. - Micromorphology. - Cryoturbation. - Permafrost. - Distribution. - Thickness. - Active layer. - Ground ice. - Permafrost and climate change. - Vegetation. - Agriculture. - Overview. - Yukon. - Northwest Territories. - Forest resources. - Mining and exploration. - Overview. - Yukon. - Northwest Territories. - DESCRIPTION OF SOIL STOPS AND POINTS OF INTEREST. - Site 1, KM 4: Permafrost soil developed on organic terrain. - Organic soils in the Mackenzie Valley. - Mesic organic cryosol (Polygonal peat plateau). - Micromorphology. - Soil Temperature and Moisture. - Snow Depth, Active Layer Depth and Subsidence. - Site 2, KM 36: Permafrost soil developed on earth hummocks. - Orthic turbic cryosol, Peaty phase. - Micromorphology. - Soil Temperature and Moisture. - Snow Depth, Active Layer Thickness and Subsidence. - Site 3: Soil and permafrost development on recent alluvium. - Ecology of the Mackenzie Delta. - Mackenzie Delta ecosystems, Bonbardier Channel. - Site 4: Mackenzie River. - Site 5, KM 30: Richardson Mountains and glacial limit. - Site 6, KM 14: AUFEIS, or icing on James Creek. - Site 7, KM 5: Solifluction Site. - Site 8, KM 0: Continental divide, NWT/Yukon border. - Site 9, KM 425: Pediments and foothills, Richardson Transect. - Micromorphology. - Site 10, KM 403: Arctic circle. - Site 11, KM 400.5: Nonsorted circles (mudboils). - Origin of mudboils. - Orthic turbic cryosol associated with strongly cryoturbated materials. - Micromorphology. - Site 12, KM 366: Eagle plain monitoring site, Dempster Highway. - Soil Temperature and Moisture. - Micromorphology. - Site 13, KM 322: Forest fire site. - Site 14, KM 259: Peel River and Ogilvie Mountains Overview. - Site 15, KM 174: Sulphur Springs. - Site 16, KM 160-180: Tors on limestone ridges. - Site 17, KM 155: Calcareous soil on mid-pleistocene drift. - Brunisolic turbic cryosol. - Micromorphology. - Site 18, KM 115.5: Open-system Pingo. - Site 19, KM 96.5: Ice-wedge Polygons. - Site 20, KM 80: Frost mounds. - Site 21, KM 80: McConnell glacial limit. - Site 22, KM 77: Nonsorted circle site. - Micromorphology. - Site 23, KM 74: Tombstone Mountain Lookout. - Site 24: Midnight Dome Lookout. - Site 25: Agriculture on permafrost-affected soil. - Site 25a: The cleared soil. - Micromorphology. - Site 25b: The forested soil. - Micromorphology. - The impact of disturbance on soil physical properties. - Site 26: Placer gold mining in the Klondike District. - Site 27: Paleosols as indicators of past climate. - Wounded moose paleosol developed on Pre-Reid gravel. - Micromorphology. - Site 28: The effect of aspect on soil development. - Site 28a: Orthic dystric Brunisol (Southeast Aspect). - Micromorphology. - Site 28b: Regosolic Turbic cryosol (Northwest Aspect). - Site 29, KM 4: Sunnydale View. - Site 30, KM 53: Unglaciated Terrain - Tors and cryoplanation terraces. - Site 31, KM 102: Solifluction lobes and soil stripes. - Site 32, KM 107: Soils associated with sorted nets. - Orthic turbic cryosol. - References. - Appendices. - Appendix 1: The Canadian sysetm of soil classification. - Appendix 2: Methods. - Appendix 3: Glossary of micromorphological terms. - Appendix 4: Scientific and common names of plant species.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: ZSP-180-A8
    In: Berichte aus dem Zentrum für Meeres- und Klimaforschung : Reihe A, Meteorologie, Nr. 8
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: II, 142 S. , zahlr. graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Berichte aus dem Zentrum für Meeres- und Klimaforschung : Reihe A, Meteorologie 8
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Hamburg, Univ., Diss., 1993 , Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Einleitung. - 2 Die Submodelle. - 2.1 Das globale atmosphärische Zirkulationsmodell ECHAM2. - 2.1.1 Modellbeschreibung. - 2.1.2 Das ungekoppelte Referenzexperiment. - 2.2 Das globale ozeanische Zirkulationsmodell OPYC. - 2.2.1 Modellbeschreibung. - 2.2.2 Das ungekoppelte Referenzexperiment. - 3 Die Kopplung. - 3.1 Das Kopplungsverfahren. - 3.2 Behandlung der unterschiedlichen Auflösungen. - 3.3 Berechnung der Meereis- und der effektiven Ozeanoberflächentemperatur. - 3.4 Behandlung der Klimadrift. - 3.4.1 Die Klimadrift und ihre Ursachen. - 3.4.2 Die Flußkorrekturmethode. - 3.4.3 Die Klimadrift in ECHAM1/OPYC. - 3.4.4 Die Flußkorrektur für ECHAM2/OPYC. - 3.4.5 Die Flußkorrektur für den solaren Strahlungsfluß. - 3.5 Behandlung des Eintrags turbulenter kinetischer Energie in den Ozean. - 4. Simulation des mittleren Klimas. - 5. Simulation des El Nino / Southern Oscillation Phänomens. - 5.1 Das El Nino / Southern Oscillation Phänomen. - 5.2 Bisherige Untersuchungen. - 5.3 ENSO im gekoppelten Modell ECHAM2/OPYC. - 5.3.1 Vorbemerkung. - 5.3.2 Die ozeanische Komponente. - 5.3.3 Die atmosphärische Komponente. - 6. Simulation der Variabilität des Nordatlantiks. - 6.1 Die Variabilität des Nordatlantiks. - 6.2 Die Variabilität des Nordatlantiks in ECHAM2/OPYC. - 7 Diskussion und Ausblick. - Anhang. - A: Das Interpolationsverfahren. - Danksagung. - Literaturverzeichnis.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: AWI G3-16-90251
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 192 S , graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 5-02-003446-0
    Language: Russian
    Note: In kyrill. Schr.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Anchorage, Alaska : U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Minerals Management Service, Alaska Outer Continental Shelf Region
    Call number: AWI G3-13-0138
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 408 S. : Ill., Kt.
    Series Statement: OCS study : outer continental shelf / MMS, US Department of the Interior, Minerals Management Service 94-0040
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: STRATIGRAPHY AND PALEOGEOGRAPHY. - The Devonian-Carboniferous Boundary in Russian Eurasia / Kirill V. Simakov. - Base Olenekian and Base Anisian Sequence Boundaries Produced by Triassic Circumpolar 'Synchronous' Transgressions / Atle Mørk, Alexander Y. Egorov, and Ashton F. Embry. - Mesozoic Stratigraphy of Franz Josef Land Archipelago, Arctic Russia - A Literature Review / Ashton F. Embry. - The Continental Triassic Biostratigraphy of the Timan-North Urals Region from Tetrapod Data / Igor V. Novikov. - Climatic Fluctuations and Other Events in the Mesozoic for the Siberian Arctic / Viktor A. Zakharov. - Lower Triassic Vertebrates from the North of Central Siberia / Michael A. Shishkin. - The Use of Parallel Bizonal Scales for Refined Correlation in the Jurassic of the Boreal Realm / Boris L. Nikitenko and Boris N. Shurygin. - Lower Toarcian Black Shales and Pliensbachian-Toarcian Crisis of the Biota of Siberian Paleoseas / Boris L. Nikitenko and Boris N. Shurygin. - Earliest Tertiary Cenozoic Paleogeography of the Arctic Ocean / Louie Marincovich, Jr. - Comparative Geology of Northern Chukotka and the Northern Canadian Cordillera / Yuri M. Bychkov and M. E. Gorodinsky. - Paleokarst in the Katakturuk Dolomite (Proterzoic), Northeastern Brooks Range, Alaska / James G. Clough and Mark S. Robinson. - Pre-Mississippian Rocks in the Clarence and Malcolm Rivers Area, Alaska, and the Yukon Territory / John S. Kelley, Chester T. Wrucke, and Larry S. Lane. - Correlation of Pre-Carboniferous Carbonate Successions of Northern Alaska / Julie A. Dumoulin and Anita G. Harris. - Depositional Record of a Major Tectonic Transition in Northern Alaska: Middle Devonian to Mississippian Rift-Basin Margin Deposits, Upper Kongakut River Region, Eastern Brooks Range, Alaska / Arlene V. Anderson, Wesley K Wallace, and Charles G. Mull. - Deep-Water Facies of the Lisburne Group, West-Central Brooks Range, Alaska / Julie A. Dumoulin, Anita G. Harris, and Jeanine M. Schmidt. - Conodont Biostratigraphy and Biofacies of the Wahoo Limestone (Carboniferous), Eastern Sadlerochit Mountains, Brooks Range, Alaska / Andrea P. Krumhardt, Anita G. Harris, and Keith F. Watts. - Maastrichtian/Danian(?) Ostracode Assemblages from Northern Alaska: Paleoenvironments and Paleobiogeographic Relations / Elisabeth M. Brouwers and Patrick De Deckker. - Geological and Geochemical Analysis of the Aurora Well, Offshore of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge 1002 Area / Arthur C. Banet. - Correlation Study of Selected Exploration Wells from the North Slope and Beaufort Sea, Alaska / Susan M. Banet and James Scherr. - Correlation of the Pennsylvanian-Lower Cretaceous Succession Between Northwest Alaska and Southwest Sverdrup Basin: Implications for Hanna Trough Statigraphy / Ashton F. Embry, Michael B. Mickey, Hideyo Haga, and John H. Wall. - Stratigraphic and Seismic Analyses of Offshore Yakataga Formation Sections, Northeast Gulf of Alaska / Sarah D. Zellers and Martin B. Lagoe. - Statigraphy and Correlation of the Neoproterozoic Shaler Supergroup, Amundsen Basin, Northwestern Canada / Robert H. Rainbird. - Lower Paleozoic T-R Sequence Stratigraphy, Central Canadian Arctic / Tim A. de Freitas, Ulrich Mayr, and J. Christopher Harrison. - Silurian Foredeep and Accretionary Prism in Northern Ellesmere Island: Implications for the Nature of the Ellesmerian Orogeny / Marcia G. Bjørnerud and D. C. Bradley. - Uppermost Albian-Campanian Palynological Biostratigraphy of Axel Heiberg and Ellesmere Islands (Canadian Arctic) / L. Koldo Núñez-Betelu, R. A. MacRae, L. V. Hills, and G.K Muecke. - STRUCTURE AND TECTONICS. - Triangle Zone Model for the Salt-Based Foldbelt in Canada's Arctic Islands / J. Christopher Harrison. - Subsidence Analysis and Tectonic Modeling of the Sverdrup Basin / Randell A. Stephenson, J. Boerstoel, A. F. Embry, and B. D. Rickerts. - Development of a Glaciated Arctic Continental Margin: Exemplified by the Western Margin of Svalbard / Espen S. Andersen, Anders Solheim, and Anders Elverhøi. - Basin Inversion and Thin-Skinned Deformation Associated with the Tertiary Transpressional West Spitsbergen Orogen / Arild Andresen, Steffen C. Burgh, and Pål Haremo. - The Geology of Franz Josef Land Archipelago, Russian Federation / Vitaly D. Dibner. - Triassic Marginal Basins of Northern and Eastern Europe and Evidence for Global Sea-Level Fluctuations / Vladlen R. Lozovsky. - Rift-and-Graben Systems of the Eurasian-Arctic Continental Margin / Edward V. Shipilov and E. V. Senin. - Accretionary History of Northeast Asia / Leonid N. Parfenov. - Paleomagnetism and the Kolyma Structural Loop / David B. Stone, Stephen G. Crumley, and Leonid M. Parfenov. - Major Tectonic Interpretation and Constraints for the New Siberian Islands Region, Russian Arctic / Mikhael K. Kos'ko. - Geology of Wrangel Island Between Chukchi and East Siberian Seas, Northeastern Russia - Excerpts from Geological Survey of Canada Bulletin 461 / Mikhael K. Kos'ko, Michael P. Cecile, Victor G. Ganelin, Nikolai V. Khandoshkoy, and Boris G. Lopatin. - Precambrian Rocks in the Anadyr-Koryak Region / Oleg N. Ivanov. - Deep Structure of Mafic - Ultramafic Complexes in the Anadyr - Koryak Region / Yuri Ya. Vashchilov. - Accreted Mesozoic Oceanic Complexes of Koryak Superterrane, Northeastern Russia / Vladimir N. Grigoriev, Kirill A . Krylov, and Sergey D. Sokolov. - Reconnaissance Paleomagnetism of the Olyutorsky Superterrane, NE Russia / Alexander Heiphetz, William Harbert, and Leonid Savostin. - Preliminary Reconniassance Paleomagnetism of Some Late Mesozoic Ophiolites, Kuyul Region, Northern Kayak Superterrane, Russia / Alexander Heiphetz, William Harbert, and Paul Layer. - The Gankuvayam Section, Kuyul Ophiolitic Terrane, as a Type Ophiolitic Section on the Arctic Margin of the Russian Far East / Ivan V. Panchenko. - Tectono-Magmatic Environments Within Continent-to-Ocean Transition Zone of the Northwestern Pacific / Oleg N. Ivanov. - Stratigraphy, Structure, and Origin of the Franklinian, Northeast Chukchi Basin, Arctic Alaska Plate / Kirk W. Sherwood. - Early Tertiary Wrench Faulting in the North Chukchi Basin, Chukchi Sea, Alaska / Richard T. Lothamer. - Apatite Fission-Track Evidence of Episodic Early Cretaceous to Late Tertiary Cooling and Uplift Events, Central Brooks Range, Alaska / John M. Murphy, Paul B. O'Sullivan, and Andrew J. W. Gleadow. - The Cenozoic Structural Evolution of the Northeastern Brooks Range, Alaska / Catherine L. Hanks, Wesley K. Wallace, and Paul O'Sullivan. - Timing of Tertiary Episodes of Cooling in Response to Uplift and Erosion, Northeastern Brooks Range, Alaska / Paul B. O'Sullivan. - GEOPHYSICS OF THE ARCTIC OCEAN BASINS AND MARGINS. - A New Crustal Model of the Lincoln Sea Polar Margin / Malcolm Argyle, David A. Forsyth, Andrew V. Okulitch, and Del Huston. - A New Plate Kinematic Model of Canada Basin Evolution / Larry S. Lane. - The Age of the Amerasia Basin / Ashton F. Embry and James Dixon. - Implications for Canada Basin Development from the Crustal Structure of the Southern Beaufort Sea-MacKenzie Delta Area / Randell A. Stephenson, K. C. Coflin, L. S. Lane, and J. R. Dietrich. - A Preliminary Analysis of Potential Field Data in the Southern Chukchi Sea / Bruce M. Hennan and Susan A. Zerwick. - Seismicity of the Amerasian Arctic Shelf and its Relationship to Tectonic Features / Kazuya Fujita and Boris M. Koz'min. - Generalized Rheological Model of the Lithosphere and Plate Tectonics / Vladimir P. Pan and Y. P. Zmiyensky. - The Arctic Geodynamic System: Its Boundaries, Deep Geology and Structural Evolution / Igor S. Gramberg and Y. E. Pogrebitsky. - QUATERNARY AND MARINE GEOLOGY. - The Quaternary Deposits of the Barents Sea and Valdai Glaciation of the Eurasian Arctic Shelf / Lev R. Merklin, N. N. Dunaev, O. V. Levchenko, and Yu. A. Pavlidis. - Deep Ice Scour and Mass Wasting Features on the Northern Svalbard Insular Shelf and Slope / Norman Z. Cherkis, M. D. Max, A. Midthassel, K. Crane,
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Berlin [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: AWI A5-17-90872
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VII, 211 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt.
    ISBN: 3540578951
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: 1 Die Einstrahlung von Sonnenergie. - 2 Der Wasserdampf in der Atmosphäre. - Luftfeuchte. - Kondensation. - 3 Vertikalbewegung der Luft und Temperaturänderung. - 4 Der Alpenföhn. - 5 Wolkenbildung. - Schichtwolken. - Nebel, Smog und Glatteis. - 6 Die vertikale Temperaturschichtung. - 7 Gewitter. - 8 Niederschlag. - 9 Die Wettersphäre als Teil der Atmosphäre. - 10 Lufdruck und Wind. - 11 Thermisch bedingte Winde. - Land-Seewind-Mechanismus. - Berg-Talwind-Mechanismus. - Das Flurwind-Phänomen (Stadteinfluß). - 12 Isobaren - der Luftdruck in der Wetterkarte. - 13 Corioliskraft und Windrichtung. - 14 Die planetarischen Windsysteme. - Tropische Zirkulation. - Außertropische Zirkulation. - 15 Hoch- und Tiefdruckgebiete. - Entstehung. - Abschwächung. - 16 Wettereinfluß von Hoch- und Tiefdruckgebieten. - Was die Isobaren verraten. - Vertikal- und Horizontalzirkulation im Bereich von Hoch und Tief. - 17 Warm- und Kaltfronten. - 18 Der Werdegang eines Tiefdruckgebietes - die Zyklonenfamilie. - 19 Wettervorgänge beim Durchzug eines Tiefdruckgebietes. - 20 Typische Großwetterlagen über Europa. - 21 Wenn die Kälte von oben einbricht. - 22 Wiederkehrende Witterungen. - 23 Wetter, Witterung und Klima. - Klimaklassifikation. - 24 Die Klimazonen der Erde. - Kombination der globalen Windgürtel. - Charakteristika und regionale Eigenheiten von Klimazonen und Klimatypen. - 25 Chaos in Wetter und Klima - das Problem der Vorhersage. - Glossar. - Sachverzeichnis.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91560-3
    In: Flora in desertis Reipublicae Populorum Sinarum, Tomus 3
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: III, 508 S , Ill
    ISBN: 7030023471
    Language: Chinese , Latin
    Note: Contents: Primulaceae. - 1. Primula L. - 2. Androsace L. - 3. Glaux L. - 4. Lysimachia L. - Plumbaginaceae. - 1. Goniolimon Boiss. - 2. Limonium Mill. - Oleaceae. - 1. Fraxinus L. - Loganiaceae. - Buddleja L. - Gentianaceae. - 1. Centaurium Hill. - 2. Gentiana L. - 3. Nymphoides Seguier. - Apocynaceae. - 1. Apocynum L. - 2. Poacynum Baill. - Asclepiadaceae. - 1. Periploca L. - 2. Cynanchum L. - Convolvulaceae. - 1. Convovulus L. - 2. Calystegia R. Br. - 3. Cuscuta L. - Hydrophyllaceae. - 1. Phacelia Juss. - Boraginaceae. - 1. Rindera Pall. - 2. Heliotropium L. - 3. Messerschmidia L. ex Hebenstr. - 4. Symphytum L. - 5. Rochelia Reichb. - 6. Asperugo L. - 7. Gastrocotyle Bge. - 8. Nonea Medic. - 9. Lycopsis L. - 10. Heterocarpum DC. - 11. Cynoglossum L. - 12. Lappula V. Wolf. - 13. Stenosolenium Turcz. - 14. Trigonotis Stev. - 15. Lepechiniella M. Pop. - 16. Arnebia Forsk. - 17. Onosma L. - 18. Lithospermum L. - 19. Echium L. - Verbenaceae. - 1. Caryopteris Bge. - Labiatae. - 1. Amethystea L. - 2. Scutellaria L. - 3. Marrubium L. - 4. Lagopsis Bge. ex Benth. - 5. Schizonepeta (Benth.) Briq. - 6. Lallemantia Fisch. et Mey. - 7. Dracocephalum L. - 8. Nepeta L. - 9. Eremostachys Bge. - 10. Phlomis L. - 11. Leonurus L. - 12. Panzeria Moench. - 13. Lagochilus Bge. - 14. Stachys L. - 15. Charmaesphacos Schrenk. - 16. Salvia L. - 17. Clinopodium L. - 18. Ziziphora L. - 19. Hyssopus L. - 20. Thymus L. - 21. Mentha L. - 22. Lycopus L. - 23. Elsholtzia Willd. - 24. Plectranthus L'Her. - Solanaceae. - 1. Lycium L. - 2. Solanum L. - 3. Hyoscyamus L. - 4. Datura L. - Scrophulariaceae. - 1. Veronicastrum Heist. ex Farbic. - 2. Veronica L. - 3. Linaria Mill. - 4. Limosella L. - 5. Leptorhabdos Schrenk. - 6. Scrophularia L. - 7. Rehmannia Libosch. ex Fisch. et Mey. - 8. Dodartia L. - 9. Omphalothrix Maxim. - 10. Euphrasia L. - 11. Odontites Ludw. - 12. Pedicularis L. - 13. Cymbaria L. - 14. Siphonostegia Benth. - Bignoniaceae. - 1. Incarvillea Juss. - Orobanchiaceae. - 1. Orobanche L. - 2. Cistanche Hoffmg. et Link. - Lentibulariaceae. - 1. Utricularia L. - Plantaginaceae. - 1. Plantago L. - Rubiaceae. - 1. Microphysa Schrenk. - 2. Galium L. - 3. Rubia L. - 4. Leptodermis Wall. - Caprifoliaceae. - 1. Lonicera L. - 2. Viburnum L. - 3. Sambucus L. - Valerianaeceae. - 1. Patrinia Juss. - Dipsaceae. - 1. Scabiosa L. - Campanulaceae. - 1. Adenophora Fisch. - 2. Lobelia L. - Compositae. - I. Eupatorieae. - 1. Eupatorium L. - II. Asterae Cass. - 2. Heteropappus Less. - 3. Aster L. - 4. Asterothamnus Novopokr. - 5. Galatella Cass. - 6. Linosyris Cass. - 7. Arctogeron DC. - 8. Tripolium Nees. - 9. Brachyactis Ledeb. - 10. Erigeron L. - 11. Conyza L. - III. Heliantheae. - 12. Xanthium L. - 13. Siegesbeckia L. - 14. Bidens L. - IV. Anthemideae. - 15. Achillea l. - 16. Tripleuospermum Sch. Bip. - 17. Tanacetum L. - 18. Hippolytia Poljak. - 19. Cancrinia Kar. et Kir. - 20. Brachanthemum DC. - 21. Dendranthema (DC,) Des. Moul. - 22. Stilpnolepis Krasch. - 23. Ajania Poljak. - 24. Filifolium Kitam. - 25. Kaschgaria Poljak. - 26. Elachanthemum Ling et Y. R. Ling. - 27. Neopallasia Poljak. - 28. Artemisia L. - V. Senecioneae. - 29. Senecio L. - 30. Ligularia Cass. - VI. Inuleae. - 31. Karelinia Less. - 32. Filago L. - 33. Leontopodium R. Brown. - 34. Gnaphalium L. - 35. Helichrysum Mill. - 36. Inula L. - 37. Pulicaria Gaertn. - VII. Echinopsideae. - 38. Echinops L. - VIII. Cynareae. - 39. Carlina L. - 40. Tugarinovia Iljin. - 41. Arctium L. - 42. Acroptilon Cass. - 43. Cousinia Cass. - 44. Olgaea Iljin. - 45. Ancathia DC. - 46. Carduus L. - 47. Cirsium Mill. emend. Scop. - 48. Silybum Adans. - 49. Oligochaeta C. Koch. - 50. Saussurea DC. - 51. Pilostemon Iljin. - 52. Jurinea Cass. - 53. Onopordum L. - 54. Russowia C. Winkl. - 55. Plagiobasis Schrenk. - 56. Serratula L. - 57. Schischkinia Iljin. - 58. Chartolepis Cass. - 59. Stemmacantha Cass. - 60. Amberboa (Pers.) Less. - 61. Hyalea (DC.) Jaub. et Spach. - 62. Centaurea L. - 63. Carthamus L. - IX. Cichorieae. - 64. Cichorium L. - 65. Garhadiolus Jaub. et Spach. - 66. Koelpinia Pall. - 67. Heteracia Fisch. et Mev. - 68. Achyrophorus Adans. - 69. Picris L. - 70. Epilasia (Bge.) Benth. et Hook. - 71. Scorzonera L. - 72. Tragopogon L. - 73. Taraxacum Wigg. - 74. Paramicrophynchus Kirp. - 75. Sonchus L. - 76. Cephalorrhynchus Boiss. - 77. Lactuca L. - 78. Chondrilla L. - 79. Hexinia H. L. Yang, gen. nov. in Addenda. - 80. Hieracium L. - 81. Crepis L. - 82. Ixeris Cass. - 83. Youngia Cass. - Addenda Diagnoses Taxorum Novarum. , Titel und Text in chines. Schr. , Nomenclature also in Latin.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    New York [u.a.] : Macmillan College Pub. Co. [u.a.]
    Call number: AWI A5-18-91528
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xx, 517 p. , ill. (some col.), maps (some col.) , 25 cm
    Edition: 4th ed.
    ISBN: 0023833416
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Introduction. - 1 Atmosphere: Origin, Composition, and Structure. - Understanding the Atmosphere. - Evolution of the Atmosphere. - Probing the Atmosphere. - Temperature Profile of the Atmosphere. - The Ionosphere and the Aurora. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: The Martian Atmosphere. - Special Topic: The Ionosphere and Radio Transmission. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 2 Radiation. - Electromagnetic Radiation. - Radiation Laws. - Input of Solar Radiation. - Solar Radiation and the Atmosphere. - The Ozone Shield. - Solar Radiation and the Earth's Surface. - Solar Radiation Budget. - Infrared Response and the Greenhouse Effect. - Radiation Measurement. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Why Is the Sky Blue?. - Special Topic: The Hazards of Sunbathing. - Weather Fact: Greenhouse Effect on Mars and Venus. - Mathematical Note: Blackbody Radiation Laws. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 3 Heat and Temperature. - Distinguishing Heat and Temperature. - Temperature Scales. - Temperature Measurement. - Heat Units. - Transport of Heat. - Specific Heat. - Heating and Cooling Degree-days. - Windchill. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Temperature and Human Comfort. - Special Topic: Temperature and Crop Yields. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 4 Heat Imbalances and Weather. - Heat Imbalance: Atmosphere Versus Earth's Surface. - Heat Imbalance: Variation by Latitude. - Weather: Response to Heat Imbalances. - Variation of Air Temperature. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: The Unique Thermal Properties of Water. - Special Topic: Solar Power. - Weather Fact: Why Mountaintops Are Cold. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions . - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 5 Air Pressure. - Defining Air Pressure. - Pressure Balance. - Variation with Altitude. - Horizontal Variations. - Highs and Lows. - Air Pressure Measurement. - Pressure Units. - The Gas Law. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Human Response to Changes in Air Pressure. - Special Topic: Altimetry. - Mathematical Note: The Gas Law. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 6 Humidity and Stability. - The Hydrologic Cycle. - How Humid Is It?. - The Saturation Concept. - Relative Humidity. - Humidification. - Humidity Measurement. - Achieving Saturation. - Atmospheric Stability. - Lifting Processes. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Humidity and Human Comfort. - Special Topic: Clouds by Mixing. - Weather Fact: The Rainiest Place on Earth. - Mathematical Note: Energy Conservation and the Dry Adiabatic Process. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 7 Dew, Frost, Fog, and Clouds. - Low-Level Saturation Processes. - Cloud Development. - Classification of Clouds. - Unusual Clouds. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Freeze Prevention. - Special Topic: Jack Frost and Autumn Color. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 8 Precipitation, Weather Modification, and Atmospheric Optics. - Precipitation Processes. - Forms of Precipitation. - Precipitation Measurement. - Weather Modification. - Atmospheric Optics. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: When Is It Too Cold or Too Warm to Snow?. - Special Topic: Mirages. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Quantitative Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 9 The Wind. - The Forces. - Joining Forces. - Continuity of Wind. - Scales of Weather Systems. - Wind Pressure. - Wind Measurement. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Wind Power. - Special Topic: Wind Gusts, Wind Shear, and Atmospheric Stability. - Weather Fact: The Windiest Place on Earth. - Mathematical Note: Geostrophic and Gradient Winds. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 10 Planetary-Scale Circulation. - Idealized Circulation Pattern. - Pressure Systems and Wind Belts. - Upper-Air Westerlies. - El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO). - Conclusions. - Special Topic: The ENSO Event of 1982-83. - Mathematical Note: The Polar Front and the Midlatitude Jet Stream. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 11 Air Masses, Fronts, Cyclones, and Anticyclones by Patrìda M. Pauley. - Air Masses. - Frontal Weather. - Midlatitude Cyclones. - Anticyclones. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: The Case of the Missing Storm. - Mathematical Note: Vorticity. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 12 Local and Regional Circulation Systems. - Monsoons. - Land and Sea (or Lake) Breezes. - Lake-Effect Snows. - Heat Island Circulation. - Katabatic Winds. - Chinook Winds. - Desert Winds. - Mountain and Valley Breezes. - Conclusion. - Special Topic: Monsoon Failure and Drought in Sub-Saharan Africa. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 13 Thunderstorms. - Thunderstorm Life Cycle. - Thunderstorm Genesis. - Geographical Distribution. - Severe Thunderstorms. - Thunderstorm Hazards. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Lightning Safety. - Special Topic: Hail Suppression. - Weather Fact: The Rumble of Thunder. - Key Terms. - Summary Statement. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 14 Tornadoes. - Tornado Characteristics. - Distribution of Tornadoes. - Hazards of Tornadoes. - The F-Scale. - The Tornado-Thunderstorm Connection. - Tornado Look-Alikes. - Weather Radar. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Wind Profilers. - Weather Fact: Tornado Oddities. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 15 Hurricanes. - Hurricane Characteristics. - Distribution of Hurricanes. - Hazards of Hurricanes. - Life Cycle of Tropical Storms. - Hurricane Threat to the Southeast. - Hurricane Modification. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Atlantic Hurricanes and West African Rainfall. - Weather Fact: Naming Hurricanes. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 16 Weather Analysis and Forecasting. - World Meteorological Organization. - Acquisition of Weather Data. - Meteorology by Satallite. - Data Depiction on Weather Maps. - Weather Prediction. - Communication and Dissemination. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Weather Proverbs: Fact or Fiction?. - Special Topic: Aviation Weather Hazards. - Mathematical Note: Some Orbital Characteristics of Weather Satellites. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 17 Air Pollution Meteorology. - Air Pollutants. - Air Pollution Episodes. - Air Pollution's Impact on Weather. - The Ozone Shield. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: Principal Air Pollutants. - Key Terms. - Summary Statements. - Review Questions. - Questions for Critical Thinking. - Selected Readings. - 18 World Climates. - Describing Climate. - Climate Controls. - Global Patterns of Climate. - Climate Classification. - Conclusions. - Special Topic: 1816, The Year Without a Summer?. - Special Topic: Agroclimatic Compensation: The Be
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Karlsruhe : Institut für Petrographie und Geochemie, Universität Karlsruhe
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91533
    In: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte, Nr. 1
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: III, 149 S. , graph. Darst., Kt.
    Series Statement: Karlsruher geochemische Hefte 1
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1992 , Inhalt: 1. Einleitung. - 2. Geologische und geographische Übersicht. - 2.1. Geographische Lage. - 2.2. Petrologische Übersicht.. - 2.3. Mineralisation. - 2.4. Besiedlung und wirtschaftliche Nutzung. - 2.5. Klima und Verwitterungsbedingungen. - 3. Probenentnahme und Aufbereitung. - 3.1. Schwermineralabtrennung. - 4. Analytik. - 4.1. EDXRF-Analytik. - 4.1.1. Instrumentierung. - 4.1.2. Meßbedingungen. - 4.1.3. Auswertung der EDXRF-Daten im mobilen LABOR. - 4.2. Neutronenaktivierungsanalyse. - 4.2.1. Vergleich INAA- EDXRF. - 4.3. Königswasseraufschluß. - 5. Univariate Statistik und geochemische Kartierung. - 5 .I. Robuste univariate Verfahren. - 5 .1.1. 5-Number Summary und Box-Plot. - 5 .1.2. Dichtespur (Density Traces). - 5 .1. 3. Verteilungsformen. - 5.2. Geochemische Karten. - 5.2.1. Symbolkarten. - 5.2.2. Kontur-Karten. - 5.2.3. Wichtung mit dem reziproken Abstand (1/d"-Filter). - 5.2.4. Gauß-Filter. - 5.2.5. Kolmogorov- Smirnov- Filter. - 5.2.6. Fence-Filter. - 5.2.7. Notch-Filter. - 5.3. Variographie. - 5.4. Krige-Verfahren. - 5.4.1. Punkt-Krigen. - 5.4.2. Ko-Krigen. - 5.4.3. Bewertung der verschiedenen Techniken. - 6. Elementverteilung im Untersuchungsgebiet. - 6.1. Gesteinscharakterisiemde Elemente. - 6.1.1. Rubidium. - 6.2. Elemente mit Gesteins- und möglichem Lagerstätten-Einfluß. - 6.2.1. Nickel. - 6.2.2. Strontium und Barium. - 6.2.3. Cer (als Vertreter der Seltenen Erden) und Niob. - 6.2.4. Blei. - 6.3. Indikatorelemente für Vererrungen oder hydrothermale Überprägung. - 6.3.1. Arsen. - 6.3.2. Kupfer. - 6.3.3. Brom. - 6.3.4. Sonstige. - 7. Multivariate Verfahren. - 7 .1. Abschätzung hydraulischer Effekte über Elementverhältnisse. - 7.2. Clusteranalyse. - 7.2.1. Hierarchische Cluster der Elemente in den Einzugsgebieten. - 7.2.2. "Harte" Clusteranalyse der Proben. - 7.2.3. Fuzzy Cluster. - 8. Ergebnisse. - 9. Zusammenfassung. - 10. Literatur. - Anhang. - A. Statistische Kenndaten. - B. Blockbild des Programms GEOCHEM. - C. Berechnungsbeispiel fiir Filterfunktionen. - D. Experimentelle Variogramme und angepaßte Modelle.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91625
    In: Schriftenreihe Angewandte Geologie Karlsruhe, 13
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: XIV, 226 S. , graph. Darst.
    ISSN: 0933-2510
    Series Statement: Schriftenreihe angewandte Geologie Karlsruhe 13
    Language: German
    Note: Zugl.: Karlsruhe, Univ., Diss., 1991 , INHALT: KURZFASSUNG. - VORWORT. - ABBILDUNGSVERZEICHNIS. - TABELLENVERZEICHNIS. - 1. EINFÜHRUNG. - 1.1. Problemstellung. - 1.2. Stand der Forschung. - 2. THEORETISCHE GRUNDLAGEN. - 2.1. Stofftransport in porösen Medien. - 2.1.1. Hydrodynamische Prozesse. - 2.1.2. Physikalische, chemische und biologische Prozesse. - 2.2. Mathematisches Konzept bei Auswertung von Tracertransportvorgängen. - 3. VERSUCHSFELD "BÖCKINGER WIESEN". - 3.1. Hydrogeologische Rahmenbedingungen. - 3.1.1. Beschreibung der Grundwasserleiter. - 3.1.2. Hydraulische Verhältnisse. - 3.1.3. Hydrologische Bedingungen. - 3.2. Messnetz, Betriebszustände und Untersuchungsumfang. - 4. HYDROCHEMISCHE CHARAKTERISIERUNG DES UFERFILTRATIONSSYSTEMES. - 4.1. Grundwassertypen. - 4.2. Regionale und saisonale Variation in der Grundwasserbeschaffenheit. - 4.2.1. lnfiltrationsbedingungen. - 4.2.1.1. Regionaler Einflußbereich der Uferfiltration. - 4.2.1.2. Saisonale Schwankungen. - 4.2.1.3. Hydrochemische Veränderungen bei der Untergrundpassage. - 4.2.2. Hochwasserereignisse. - 4.2.3. Exfiltrationsverhältnisse. - 4.3. Generelles Schadstoffverteilungsmuster. - 4.4. Uferfiltratanteil. - 4.5. Mittlere Verweilzeit. - 5. EINSATZ REAKTIVER REFERENZTRACER ZUR SCHADSTOFFSIMULATION - LABORVERSUCHE. - 5.1. Materialien und experimentelle Methodik. - 5.1.1. Übersicht über die untersuchten Substanzen. - 5.1.2. Nachweismethodik. - 5.1.3. Versuchsanlagen. - 5.1.3.1. Aufbau der Durchlaufsäulenversuche. - 5.1.3.2. Beschreibung der Säulenfüllung. - 5.1.3.3. Charakterisierung der Durchströmungsflüssigkeit. - 5.1.3.4. Auswertung. - 5.2. Ergebnisse. - 5.2.1. Deuterium. - 5.2.2. Migrationsparameter der reaktiven Tracer. - 5.2.3. Reaktive Tracer im Vergleich zu ausgewählten Schwermetallen. - 5.2.4. Reaktive Tracer im Vergleich zu anionischen Tensiden. - 6. IN SITU VERSUCHE ZUR SCHADSTOFFSIMULATION. - 6.1. Markierungsversuch mit Eosin (1987). - 6.1.1. Durchführung. - 6.1.2. Eosinausbreitung im Testfeld. - 6.1.3. Migrationsparameter für Eosin im Vergleich zu dem idealen Tracer 18O. - 6.1.3.1. Mittlere Fließgeschwindigkeiten und scheinbare Dispersivitäten. - 6.1.3.2. Retardationstaktoren. - 6.2. Kombinierter Markierungsversuch (1988). - 6.2.1. Eingabe, Beprobungintervalle und Untersuchungsmethodik. - 6.2.2. Tracernachweise im Pumpbrunnen H. - 6.2.3. Migrationsverhalten von Pyranin, Naphthionat und Lithium (Eingabestelle 3054) im gesamten Testfeld. - 6.2.3.1. Tracerausbreitung. - 6.2.3.2. Migrationsparameter. - 6.2.3.3. Anmerkungen zum mathematischen Auswertekonzept. - 6.2.4. Uraninnachweis in den Grundwasserbeobachtungsstellen (Eingabestelle 3081). - 6.2.4.1. Regionale Verteilung im Testfeld. - 6.2.4.2. Fließzeiten, Dispersivitäten und Retardationstaktoren. - 6.3. Zusammenfassende Bewertung der Markierungsversuche. - 7. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - 8. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91504
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 118, (38) S. , graph. Darst.
    Language: German
    Note: Göttingen, Univ., Diss., 1981 , INHALTSVERZEICHNIS: 1. EINLEITUNG. - 2. PROBENHERKUNFT UND STRATIGRAPHIE. - 3. PROBENBESCHREIBUNG. - 4. ANALYSENVERFAHREN. - 4.1. Messung des Gesamt- und organischen Kohlenstoffs der Proben. - 4.1.1. Messung des Gesamtkohlenstoffs. - 4.1.2. Messung des organischen Kohlenstoffs. - 4.1.3. Berechnung des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 4.2. Präparation und Messung der Isotope. - 4.2.1. Präparation für die Karbonatisotopenmessung. - 4.2.2. Präparation für die Corg-Isotopenmessung. - 4.2.3. Präparation für die CBit-Isotopenmessung. - 4.2.4. Durchführung der Isotopenmessung. - 4.3. Röntgenographische Methoden. - 4.3.1. Übersichtsaufnahmen. - 4.3.2. Röntgenographische Bestimmung des Calcit/Dolomit-Verhältnisses an Proben mit einem Karbonatanteil 〉 90 %. - 4.4. Chromatographische Methoden. - 4.4.1. Dünnschichtchromatographie. - 4.4.2. Gaschromatographie. - 4.5. Extraktionsverfahren. - 4.5.1. Soxhletextraktion. - 4.5.2. Ultraschallextraktion. - 4.5.3. Gegenüberstellung der beiden Extraktionsverfahren hinsichtlich ihrer Verwendbarkeit für organogeochemische Analysen. - 5. VERTEILUNG DES ORGANISCHEN KOHLENSTOFFS IM PHANEROZOIKUM. - 6. BESCHREIBUNG DER ERGEBNISSE DER ISOTOPENANALYSEN. - 6.1. Kohlenstoff- und Sauerstoffisotope der Karbonatfraktion. - 6.1.1. Kohlenstoffisotope des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 6.1.2. Sauerstoffisotope der Karbonatfraktion. - 6.1.2. Proben mit auffallend abweichenden Isotopenwerten. - 6.2. Isotopenmessungen am organischen Kohlenstoff. - 6.2.1. Definitionen. - 6.2.2. Kohlenstoffisotopenmessung am gesamten organischen Material. - 6.2.3. Die Kohlenstoffisotope der Bitumenfraktion. - 7. DISKUSSION DER ISOTOPENWERTE. - 7.1. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte des Karbonatkohlenstoffs. - 7.2. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte des Karbonatsauerstoffs. - 7.3. Diskussion einiger Karbonate mit von marinen Isotopenwerten abweichenden Ergebnissen. - 7.3.1. Proben mit ungewöhnlich niedrigen Kohlenstoff-Isotopenwerten. - 7.3.2. Proben mit sehr schweren δ18O-Werten. - 7.4. Diskussion der δ13C org- und der δ13CBit- Werte. - 7.4.1. Veränderungen der Isotopenzusammensetzung auf dem Wege vom lebenden Organismus zum sedimentären Kerogen und Bitumen und die Bedeutung der Photosynthese. - 7.4.2. Diskussion der Isotopenwerte. - 7.4.2.1. Ergebnisse der Isotopenmessungen am gesamten organischen Kohlenstoff (Corg). - 7.4.2.2. Ergebnisse der Isotopenmessungen der Bitumenfraktion. - 8. ERGEBNISSE UND DISKUSSION DER ORGANOGEOCHEMISCHEN ANALYSEN. - 8.1. Veränderungen in der chemischen Zusammensetzung der Biomasse auf dem Weg zum sedimentären organischen Material. - 8.2. Entstehung, Verteilung und Signifikanz der n-Alkane. - 8.2.1. Die Rolle der Fettsäure als n-Alkan Vorläufer. - 8.2.2. Umwandlung von Fettsäuren in n-Alkane. - 8.2.3. Charakteristische n-Alkan Verteilungsmuster. - 8.2.4. Der CPI-Wert. - 8.2.5.- Die Isoprenoide Pristan und Phytan. - 8.3. Diskussion der gaschromategraphischen Analysen. - 9. ZUSAMMENHÄNGE ZWISCHEN DEN ISOTOPENANALYSEN UND DEN ERGEBNISSEN DER ORGANOGEOCHEMISCHEN ANALYSE. - 10. ZUSAMMENFASSUNG. - 11. LITERATURVERZEICHNIS. - ANHANG.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: AWI G6-18-91505
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 146 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Language: English
    Note: Groningen, Univ., Diss., 1983 , CONTENTS: INTRODUCTION. - CHAPTER 1. ANALYTICAL AND PREPARATIVE TECHNIQUES. - 1.1. Introduction. - 1.2. Isotope mass spectrometry of H, O and C. - 1.2.1. 2H analysis of H2. - 1.2.2. 18O and 13C analysis of CO2. - 1.3. Preparation of H2 from H2O and organic compounds. - 1.3.1. Combustion and reduction system. - 1.3.1.1. Automated vacuum taps. - 1.3.1.2. Automated cold trap. - 1.3.1.3. Automated combustion. - 1.3.1,4, Membrane pump. - 1.3.2. Performance and results. - 1.3.2.1. H2O samples. - 1.3.2.1. Organic samples. - 1.4. Preparation of CO2 from H2O and organic compounds. - 1.4.1. Introduction. - 1.4.2. Review of the available methods for extracting oxygen. - 1.4.3. Sealed nickel tube pyrolysis. - 1.4.3.1. Principle. - 1.4.3.2. Realization. - 1.4.3.3. Technical details. - 1.4.3.4. Results and calibration. - 1.4.3.5. 18O analysis of some organic pounds 1.4.3.5. δ2H of hydrogen produced by the SNTP method. - 1.5. Preparation of carbon dioxide for 13C analysis. - 1.6. Separation of cellulose from wood and peat. - 1.6.1. Introduction. - 1.6.2. Separation of cellulose from wood. - 1.6.3. Separation of cellulose from peat. - 1.6.4 Nitration and drying of cellulose. - CHAPTER 2. 18O FRACTIONATION BETWEEN CO2 AND H2O. - 2.1. Introduction. - 2.2. 18O analysis of H2O. - 2.3. Equilibration with CO2. - 2.4. Mass spectrometric analyses. - 2.5. Results anddiscussion. - CHAPTER 3. FACTORS AFFECTING THE 2H/1H AND 18O/16O RATIO OF PLANT CELLULOSE. - 3.1. Survey of factors affecting the 2H/1H and 18O/16O ratio. - 3.2. Isotopic composition of precipitation. - 3.3. Leaf-water isotopic enrichment. - 3.3.1. Theoretical. - 3.3.2. Measurement of leaf-water enrichment. - 3.3.2.1. Trees. - 3.3.2.2. Bog plants. - 3.4. Biochemical fractionation. - CHAPTER 4. 2H, 18O AND 13C VARIATIONS IN TREE RINGS. - 4.1. Introduction. - 4.2. Methods and material. - 4.3. Results and discussion. - 4.3.1. Intra-ring variations. - 4.3.1.1. Late wood. - 4.3.1.2. Differences between early wood and late wood. - 4.3.2. Inter-ring variations. - CHAPTER 5. 2H, 18O AND 13C VARIATIONS IN PEAT. - 5.1. Introduction. - 5.2. δ2H, δ18O and δ13C values of bog plants. - 5.2.1. Material and method. - 5.2.2. δ18O and δ2H. - 5.2.3. δ13C 5.3. Engbertsdijksveen I. - 5.3. Introduction. - 5.3.2. Description of the local vegetational succession. - 5.3.3. Cellulose preparation. - 5.3.4. The δ2H and δ18O record. - 5.4. Engbertsdijksveen VII. - 5.4.1. Introduction. - 5.4.2. Description of the local vegetational succession. - 5.4.3. The δ2H and δ18O record. - 5.4.4. The δ13C record. - 5.5. Comparison between Engbertsdijksveen I and VII. - 5.6. Conclusions. - Appendix. - REFERENCES. - SUMMARY. - SAMENVATTING. - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: AWI A14-18-91746
    In: NASA Reference Publication, 1233, Vol. 2
    Description / Table of Contents: A gridded surface elevation data set and a geo-referenced data base for the Seasat radar altimeter data over Greenland are described in this volume. It is intended to be a "user's guide" to accompany the data provided to data centers and other users. The grid points are on a polar stereogrphic projection with a nominal spacing of 20 km. The gridded elevations are derived from the elevation data in the geo-referenced data base by a weigthed fitting of a surface in the neighborhood of each grid point. The gridded elevations are useful for the creating of large-scale contour maps, and examining individual elevation measurements in specific geographic areas. Tape formats are described, ans a FORTRAN program for reading the data tape is listed and provided on the tape. For more details of the data processing procedures and corrections that were derived and applied to the data, see Volume 1 of this series.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 92 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen
    Series Statement: NASA Reference Publication 1233, Vol. 2
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents: Preface. - 1.0 Introduction. - 2.0 Geo-referenced data base. - 3.0 Polar stereographic elevation grid. - 4.0 Goid grid. - Tables. - Appendix. - References.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Madrid : Comisión Interministerial de Ciencia y Tecnología
    Call number: AWI P6-91-0403
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 379 Seiten , Illustrationen, graphische Darstellungen, Karten , 30 cm
    ISBN: 8436919033
    Language: Spanish
    Note: SUMARIO: Presentación. - Hidrografía al borde del hielo entre las islas Elefante y las Orcadas del Sur durante el verano austral 1988- 1989 / F. G. Figueiras y F. F. Pérez. - Hidrografía de Admiralty Bay, isla King George, Antártida, al comienzo del verano austral de 1988-1989 / R. Prego, F. F. Pérez y F. G. Figueiras. - Saruracrón de oxigeno disuelto en las aguas Investigadas durante la campaña "Antártida 8611" / A. Alvarez Meneses. - Peces capturados durante la campaña "Antártida 8611" / J. Matallanas. - Edad y crecimiento de Notothenia gibberifrons (Lönnberg, 1905), en Georgia del Sur / M. T. García Santamaría y E. Balguerias. - Algunos datos sobre la distribución, abundancia y biología de Patagonotothen brevicauda guntheri (Norman, 1937) en Shag Rocks / E. Balguerias y M. E. Quintero. - Dos nuevas especies de picnogónidos antárticos / T. Munilla. - Distribución espacial del Krill (Euphasia superba; Dana, 1852), obtenida durante la campaña "Antártida 8611" / l. Sobrino. - Análisis de los porcentajes de hembras fecundadas de Krill (Euphasia superba; Dana, 1852), obtenidos durante la campaña "Antártida 8611" / I. Sobrino. - Primeros datos sobre la flora y vegetación liquénica de isla Livingston (islas Shetland del Sur, Antártida) / L. G. Sancho, L. Kappen y B. Schroeter. - lnvestigaciones ecofisiológicas en líquenes antárticos. Primeros datos sobre la actividad fotosintética de líquenes crustáceos "in situ" / L. Kappen, B Schroeter y L. G. Sancho. - Microclima y fotosíntesis neta de Usnea antarctica a partir de mediciones realizadas "in situ" en isla Livingston (islas Shetland del Sur, Antártida) / B. Schroeter, L. Kapen y L. G. Sancho. - Notas acerca de una colonia de nidificación de Cormoran carunculado del Antártico (Phalacrocorax atriceps) en Bahía Paraíso (península Antartrca) / J. Curt y A . Fernández Riestra. - Observación de cinco cisnes de cuello negro (Cygnus melanocoryphus) en la zona del Tratado Antártico / J. Curt. - Catálogo de ceráceos, pinnípedos y aves observados desde el buque oceanográfico "Las Palmas" durante las navegaciones efectuadas en la zona del Tratado Antártico y en sus destacamentos de las islas Shetland del Sur y estrecho de Bransfiel (25-I-89 a 1-III-89) / J. Curt. - Foraminíferos, biofacies e hidrodinámica sedimentaria en la Antártida / G. Mateu. - Actividad antimicrobiana de un nuevo monoterpeno del Plocamium cartilagineum de la península Antártica / J. Rovirosa, L. Sánchez, Y. Palacios, J. Darías y A. San Martín. - Aspectos taxonómicos de bacterias aisladas en la isla Livingston durante la campaña 1986-1987 / N. Bozal, J. G. Loren y J. Guinea. - Observaciones de NO2 y ozono en el interíor del Vértice Polar Antártico / M. Gil, J. Cacho, L. Acedo y M. J. Sainz de Aja. - Condiciones meteorológicas del agujero del ozono en la Antártida / J. M. Cisneros. - Altos valores de humedad relativa medidos en la estratosfera antártica / J . M. Cisneros. - Aproximación al estudio de fenómenos micrometeorológicos en la isla Decepción / J . Vira, M. Ramos y M. R. Soler. - Las campañas 1987-1988, 1988-1989 al sur del mar de Brandsfield. Resultados científicos / M. Catalán. - Las campañas geodésicas 1987- 1988, 1988-1989 en las Shetland del Sur / J. Ballesteros, M. Berrocoso, M. Catalán, F. Cruz. R. Estrada. J. M. Fernández López, A. Luján, J. Muñoz, J. Sánchez del Toro, J. C. Sastre, R. Soto y J. G. Viramonte. - Las observaciones GPS en la red antártica 1988-1989. El efecto del campo gravitatorio austral en la observación de satélites / M. Catalán y M. Berrocoso. - Origen y estructura de la isla Decepción (islas Shetland del Sur) / J. Martí, A . Baraldo y J. Rey. - Geoquímica de fluidos en la isla Decepción / A. Valentin, M. Martini y J. L. Diez Gil. - Los enclaves de las rocas volcánicas de terraza Kendall y Bahía Murature, isla Decepción, Shetland del Sur. Antártida / C. Risso, A . Aparicio y J. G. Viramonte. - Anomalías térmicas y balance de flujo disipado en la isla Decepción, Shetland del Sur / M. Ramos, R. Ortiz, J. L. Diez Gil y J. G. Viramonte. - Caracterización de algunos parámetros termodinámicos del suelo del volcán Decepción (Antártida) / M. Ramos, M. Domínguez y R. Ortiz. - Temblores volcánicos en Decepción. Origen y evolución / J. Vila, A. M. Correig, R. Ortiz y J. Batlló. - Detección de una capa de baja velocidad asociada a las últimas erupciones en Decepción / J. Vila, A. M. Correig, R. Maciá y R. Ortiz. - Interpretación preliminar de un ensayo de perfil sísmico de refracción en Port Foster (isla Decepción) / R. Ortiz, R. Boloix y E. Carreño. - Actividad sísmica en el entorno de la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos I (islas Livingston y Decepción) / R. Ortiz, J. Vila y J. C. Sastre. - Estudio del campo magnético en Port Foster (isla Decepción) / A. García, J. G. Viramonte, J. Vila y J. M. lbáñez. - Perfiles magnéticos sobre el sistema de fracturas del sector noroeste de Decepción / J. G. Viramonte, M Ramos, A. García, C. Suazo y J. L. Díez Gil. - Anomalías magnéticas al sur del mar de Bransfield / J. Acosta, M. Catalán, J. L. Diez, J. M Fernández López, A. García, P. Herranz, R. Ortiz y J. C. Sastre. - Tectónica reciente en los depósitos submarinos de la bahía de Depción / J. Rey, J. R. de Andrés, J. M. Fernández López y C. Palomo. - Nuevos datos de sísmica continua por reflexión sobre la evolución geodinámica reciente del margen de las Shetland del Sur y estrecho de Bransfield / J. L. Sanz, J. Acosta y P. Herranz. - Perfiles sísmicos en las Shetland del Sur y estrecho de Bransfiel. Estructura y dinámica reciente / J. Acosta, M. Catalán, P. Herranz y J. L. Sanz. - Análisis estructural del hielo del glaciar Cazadora, cuantificación direccional de la anisotropia y predicción del drenaje subglaciar. Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / A. Erase, l. Antigüedad y M. Taylor. - Distribución vertical de isótopos estables (Deuterio y Oxígeno-18) en el hielo del glaciar Cazadora junto a la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / A. Eraso, l. Antigüedad, R. Gonfiantini, L. Araguas, M Gómez Martos y J. A. López Geta. - Distribución vertical de algunos oligoelementos presentes en el glaciar Cazadora junto a la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / A. Eraso, l. Antigüedad. A. llarri, J. A. López Geta y M. Gómez Martos. - Análisis mineralógico y por microsonda de las cenizas volcánicas existentes junto a la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / A. Eraso, l. Antigüedad, P. Herrero, J. Arostegui. L Eguiluz, C. Quesada y A. Sánchez. - Diferentes tipologías de aguas encontradas en la proximidad de la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / l. Antigüedad, A. Eraso y R. Fernández Rubio. - Correlación entre caudales drenados y parámetros hidroquimicos en el río de la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / l. Antigüedad, A. Eraso y R. Fernández Rubio. - Caracteríscicas del hidrograma en función de los datos meteorológicos y elaboración de la curva de gastos del río de la Base Antártica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla Livingston (Shetland del Sur) / l. Antigüedad. A. Eraso, A. Mangín y R. Fernández Rubió. - Anteproyecto de construcción de un azud en la albufera fósil del sexto nivel de playa existente junto a la Base Antá rtica Española Juan Carlos l. Isla livingston (Shetland del Sur) / A. Eraso, A. Sánchez de Toro, R. Fernández Rubio y J. Presa. - Instrumentación Antártica, unidad automática de adquisición de datos para aplicación general. / R. Ortiz y E. Giménez. - Instrumentación Antártica. Red Sísmica Digital / R. Ortiz y J. Vila. - Experiencias térmicas realizadas sobre el comportamiento térmico del acero en condiciones polares (Polo Norte Geográfico) / J. Aguirre, M Ramos, P. D. Sanz y A. Sigot. - Estudio de fa resistencia térmica del traje polar prototipo "CM" e , Sprache der Zusammenfassung: Englisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    London : H.M.S.O
    Call number: AWI G10-18-91809
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 45 Seiten , Karte , 30 cm
    Edition: 2nd ed
    ISBN: 0115917179 (pbk.)
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: AWI Bio-18-91955
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 85 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: autorisierte deutsche Übersetzung der Originalausgabe
    ISBN: 333460439X (kart.) , 3827406366
    Uniform Title: Textbook of pollen analysis 〈dt.〉
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis: Vorwort. - Welche Pflanze? Bestimmungsschlüssel. - Tabelle 1. Skulpturtypen. - Hauptschlüssel. - Tabelle A. Vesiculate (Pinaceae und Podocarpaceae). - Tabelle B. Zusammengesetzte Pollenkörner (PK). - Tabelle B1. Dyaden. - Tabelle B2. Tetraden. - Tabelle B3. Polyaden. - Tabelle C. Polyedrische PK. - Tabelle D. Bilaterale PK. - Tabelle E. Subtetraedrische Sporen. - Tabelle F. Rotationsellipsoide (oder ovate) PK: Hauptschlüssel. - Tabelle F1. Polyplicate (Ephedra). - Tabelle F2. Inaperturate. - Tabelle F3. Trichotomocolpate. - Tabelle F4. Monocolpate. - Tabelle F5. Monoporate. - Tabelle F6. Dicolpate. - Tabelle F7. Tricolpate. Hauptschlüssel zu den Subsektionen. - Tabelle F7.1. Tricolpate, psilat. - Tabelle F7.2. Tricolpate, scabrat. - Tabelle F7.3. Tricolpate, echinat. - Tabelle F7.4. Tricolpate, rugulat-striat. - Tabelle F7.5. Tricolpate, suprareticulat. - Tabelle F7.6. Tricolpate, perreticulat. - Tabelle F7.7. Tricolpate, intectat (clavat). - Tabelle F8. Stephanocolpate. - Tabelle F9. Pericolpate. - Tabelle F10. Dicolporate. - Tabelle F11. Tricolporate: Hauptschlüssel zu den Subsektionen. - Tabelle F11.1 Tricolporate, psilat-scabrat. - Tabelle F11.2. Tricolporate, echinat. - Tabelle F11.3. Tricolporate, striat-rugula. - Tabelle F11.4. Tricolporate, suprareticulat-foveolat. - Tabelle F11.5. Tricolporate, perreticulat-frustillat. - Tabelle F12. Stephanocolporate. - Tabelle F13. Pericolporate. - Tabelle F14. Diporate. - Tabelle F15. Triporate. - Tabelle F16. Stephanoporate. - Tabelle F17. Periporate: Hauptschlüssel zu den Subsektionen. - Tabelle F17.1. Periporate, verrucat-echinat. - Tabelle F17.2. Periporate, vermiculat-rugulat oder reticulat. - Tabelle F17.3. Periporate, psilat-scabrat. - Tabelle F18. Syncolpate. - Tabelle F19. Heterocolpate. - Tabelle F20. Fenestrate. - Caryophyllaceae (periporate). - Cyperaceae. - Gramineae. - Plantaginaceae. - Rosaceae. - Morphologisches Glossar. - Literatur. - Register der Pflanzennamen. , Dublette der Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenberg
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Copenhagen : [s.n.]
    Call number: AWI G7-19-91941
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 71 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS: Flight plan 1999. - LC130 schedule. - NGRIP 1999 schedule. - Overview of 1999 schedule. - Quartering and buildings. - Number of field participants. - NGRIP 2000 sub programs. - SITREP. - Term of reference for the NGRIP field work. - Accidents and illness. - Mail to NGRIP participants. - Cargo shipments to Greenland. - Personnel transport 2000. - NGRIP documentation. - Booze and drugs. - Vacation in Greenland. - Shipping boxes. - Welcome to the NGRIP camp. - List of participants. - NGRIP camp load. - Kangerlussuaq and the surrounding area. - Thule Air Base, Greenland, Base Operations. - Uplift 2000. - Typical specifications for LC-130 and Twin Otter. - Useful data. - Coordination of C-130 in Kangerlussuaq. - Aviation weather reports. - Typical communication plan and frequencies used. - Phonetic alphabet. - Personal field equipment. - Operation of Thrane & Thrane STDC telex terminal. - Operation of NERA lnmarsat M terminal. - Map of NGRIP camp (not all updated). - NGRIP inclined pit and trenches (not updated). - Map of NGRIP Region. - Map of Greenland and North Greenland. - Map of skiway and local topography. - Ice divide North of NGRIP. - Map of the magnetic declination in Greenland. - Glycol specification. - Density vs temperature of hole liquid. - Positions in Greenland, distances and directions. - List of NGRIP addresses.
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Series available for loan
    Series available for loan
    Bremerhaven : Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-994(1992/1993) ; ZSP-994(1992/1993, eng)
    In: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung, 1992/1993
    Type of Medium: Series available for loan
    Pages: 196 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 0940-4546 , 1618-3703
    Series Statement: Zweijahresbericht / Stiftung Alfred-Wegener-Institut für Polar- und Meeresforschung 1992/1993
    Language: German , English
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis 1. Einleitende Übersicht 2. Nationale und internationale Zusammenarbeit 3. Forschungsarbeiten - Expeditionen 3.1 Antarktisexpedition X/2-8 3.2 Arktisexpedition IX 3.3 Antarktisexpedition Xl 3.4 Landexpedition Sibirien 4. Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten der Sektionen 4.1 Biologie I (Zoologie) 4.2 Biologie II (Botanik und Mikrobiologie) 4.3 Chemie 4.4 Geologie 4.5 Geophysik 4.6 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre I 4.7 Physik des Ozeans und der Atmosphäre II 4.8 Meeresphysik und Meßwesen 4.9 Forschungsstelle Potsdam 5. Ausgewählte Forschungsthemen Die Entwicklung von Kaltwasser-Makroalgen Die Biodiversität des antarktischen Benthos Weddellrobben - Tieftaucher in der Hochantarktis Die weltweit verbreitete Planktonalge Phaeocystis: Untersuchungen zu physiologischen und molekularen Unterschieden Die Entwicklung von Algen- und Bakteriengemeinschaften im Meereis Zooplanktonkot in der Arktis: Nahrungsgrundlage im Pelagial oder Transportvehikel bei der Sedimentation? Stimuliert ein globaler Anstieg des Kohlendioxids die marine Primärproduktion? Die Beziehung zwischen Huminstoffen und Aminosäuren in polaren Gewässern Die Ozonverteilung in der Atmosphäre über dem Atlantik Pinatubo-Aerosole und polare stratosphärische Wolken Spurengas-Messungen in der arktischen Stratosphäre während der Polarnacht Die mittleren vertikalen Ozonverteilungen über Arktis und Antarktis Eisbewegung und Subglazialtopographie im Umfeld der Schirmacheroase, Ostantarktis Umweltgeschichte der kontinentalen Ostantarktis - aufgezeichnet in Seesedimenten Das antarktische Meereis und seine Verbreitung in geologischer Vorzeit-Rekonstruktion und Modellierung Kalt- und Warmzeiten im Südatlantik anhand benthischer Foraminiferen Terrigener Sedimenteintrag im östlichen Arktischen Ozean Mineralbildung in Sedimenten und Böden der Permafrostzone Seismische Untersuchungen im eurasischen Becken (Arktischer Ozean) Untersuchungen zum Massenhaushalt des Inlandeises in Nordostgrönland Wassermassenbildung im Storfjord - ein Modell arktischer Schelfgebiete Atmosphärische Rollenkonvektion in der Framstraße ERS-l Radaraufnahmen des antarktischen Meereises Der Einfluß von Algen auf die physikalischen Prozesse im Meereis: ein Modell Die Bestimmung der Zirkulation im Weltmeer aus hydrographischen Daten Auswirkungen der Tiefenwasserproduktion auf die Zirkulation des Nordatlantik Infrarot-Zeilenkamera zur verbesserten Meereisfernerkundung LlDAR-Gerät zur Beobachtung fluoreszierender Stoffe im Meer Untersuchung der durch das Ozonloch verursachten UV-B Belastung auf Produktion und Artenzusammensetzung des Phytoplanktons 6. Logistik 7. Zentrale Einrichtungen 7.1 Öffentlichkeitsarbeit 7.2 Bibliothek 7.3 Rechenzentrum 8. Personeller Ausbau und Haushaltsentwicklung 8.1 Personal 8.2 Haushalt Anhang I Personal II Wissenschaftliche Veranstaltungen III Publikationen des Instituts IV Veröffentlichungen der Mitarbeiter V Abgeschlossene Examensarbeiten VI "Polarstern"-Expeditionen , Contents 1. Introductory Overview 2. International and National Cooperation 3. Research Projects - Expeditions 3.1 ANT X/2-8 3.2 ARK IX 3.3 ANT XI 3.4 Land Expedition to Siberia 4. Scienlific Work of the Sections 4.1 Biology I (Zoology, Ecophysiology and Macroalgae Ecology) 4.2 Biology II (Botany and Microbiology) 4.3 Chemistry 4.4. Geology 4.5 Geophysics and Glaciology 4.6 Physics of the Ocean and Atmosphere I 4.7 Physics of the Ocean and Atmosphere II 4.8 Marine Physics and Instrumentation 4.9 Potsdam Research Unit 5. Selected Research Topics The Evolution of cold-water macroalgae Antarctic Benthos Biodiversity Weddell Seals - deep divers in the High Antarctic The Cosmopolitan Planktonic Alga Phaeocystis: investigations into physiological and molecular differences Development of algal and bacterial communities in sea ice Zooplankton Faeces in Arctic Waters: Food for the Pelagic System or Transport Vehicle for Sedimenting Matter? Does the Global C02 Increase Stimulate Marine Primary Production? Relationship between Humic Substances and Amino Acids in Polar Waters The Ozone Distribution in the Atmosphere over the Atlantic Ocean Pinatubo Aerosols and Polar Stratospheric Clouds.. Measurement of Trace Gases in the Arctic Stratosphere during the Polar Night The Mean Vertical Distributions of Ozone above the Arctic and Antarctic Ice Movement and Sub-glacial Topography in the Vicinity of the Schirmacher Oasis, East Antarctic The Environmental History of the Continental East Antarctic as Recorded in Lake Sediments The Antarctic Sea Ice and its Extent in Geologically Prehistoric Times - Reconstruction and Modelling Benthic Foraminifera- Indicators of Glacial and Interglacial Climate in the South Atlantic Ocean Terrigenous Sediment Supply to the Eastern Arctic Ocean Mineral Formation in the Sediments and Soils of the Permafrost Zone Seismic Investigations in the Eurasian Basin (Arctic Ocean) Investigations into the Mass Balance of the Inland Ice in Northeast Greenland Water Mass Formation in the Storfjord - a Model of Arctic Shelf Regions Atmospheric Roll-Convection in the Fram Strait ERS-1 Radar Images of the Antarctic Sea Ice The Influence of Algae on the Physical Processes in Sea Ice: a Model Estimation of the Global Ocean Circulation from Hydrographic Measurements Influence of Deep Water Production on the North Atlantic General Circulation Infrared Line Scanner for Improved Remote Sensing of Sea Ice The LIDAR Instrument for Observation of Fluorescent Matter in the Ocean lnvestigation of the UV-B Impact on Phytoplankton Production and Species Composition 6. Logistics 6.1 Polar Stations 6.2 Research Vessels "Polarsten" and "Victor Hensen" 6.3 Polar Aircraft and Helicopters 6.4 General Logistics 7. Central Services 7.1 Press and Public Relations 7.2 Library 7.3 Computer Centre 8. Personnel Expansion and Budget Development 8.1 Personnel 8.2 Budget Annex I. Personnel II. Scientific Events Ill. Publications of the Institute IV. Publications by Members of Staff V. Completed Theses and Dissertations VI. "Polarstern" Expeditions
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93207
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 42 Blätter
    Language: English , German
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Stockholm : Svenska Sällskapet för Antropologi och Geografi | Hässleholm : Norra Skåne Offset
    Call number: AWI G10-19-93225
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 128 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Ymer / utg. av Svenska Sällskapet för Antropologi och Geografi 110
    Language: Swedish
    Note: In schwedischer Sprache
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Leipzig : Academy of Sciences of the GDR, Central Institute for Isotope and Radiation Research
    Associated volumes
    Call number: AWI G6-19-93042-2
    In: Interregional Training Course on Radiochemistry, [Supplement]
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 88 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Manual 2.2 The relative measurement of aktivity Lectures 1.3 Statistics / H. Baumbach 2.2 Sealed sources / K. Vormum 2.4 Energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence analysis / H.-K. Bothe 3.1 The use of carriers / H. Koch 4.3 Autoradiography / K. Freyer 6.1 Radiometric methods in environmental control / H.-J. Große
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Novosibirsk : Izdatel'stvo "Nauka", Sibirskoe otdelenie
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94892
    Description / Table of Contents: Приводятся новые материалы о составе, льдистости и криогенном строении аллювиальных и склоновых отложений, о диагенетическом минералообразовании в условиях вечной мерзлоты. Делается опыт прогнова изменений минимальных температур сезоннопротаивающего слоя на основе ыявленных 14- и 70-летних циклов колебаний температур вовдуха; рассматриваются особенности прибрежно-шельфовой криолитозоны. В двух статьях содержатся результаты теплобалансовых наблюдений в Центральной Лкутии, особое внимание уделяется рассмотрению теплового потока через дневную поверхность водоема, теплообмена водных масс с донными отложениями. Интересны данные о мощности и температуре многолетнемерзлых толщ, геотермическом градиенте, теплопроводности и тепловом потоке в породах равличных районов Сибири, об особенностях поведения температурного и электрического поля ПС вблизи нижней границы мерзлоты. Сборник представляет интерес для широкого круга специалистов: мерзлотоведов, теплофизиков, географов, строителей.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: New materials are presented on the composition, ice content and cryogenic structure of alluvial and slope deposits, on diagenetic mineral formation in permafrost conditions. An experiment is made to test the changes in the minimum temperatures of the seasonally thawing layer on the basis of the identified 14- and 70-year cycles of air temperature fluctuations; the features of the coastal-shelf cryolithozone are considered. Two articles contain the results of heat-balance observations in Central Lukutia, special attention is paid to the consideration of the heat flow through the daytime surface of the reservoir, the heat exchange of water masses with bottom sediments. Of interest are the data on the thickness and temperature of permafrost, the geothermal gradient, thermal conductivity, and heat flow in the rocks of various regions of Siberia, and on the behavior of the temperature and electric field of the SL near the lower permafrost boundary. The collection is of interest to a wide range of specialists: permafrost scientists, thermal physicists, geographers, builders.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 89 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: СОДЕРЖАНИЕ Криолитологические особенности отложений малых рек в Центральной Якутии / Е.Г. Катасонова, Х.Г. Зигерт Минералообразование в области вечной мерзлоты / Х.Г. Зигерт Криогенное строение склоновых отложений на севере Среднесибирского плоскогорья / В.В. Куницкий Перелетки и основные типы сезонвомерзлых пород / Е.А. Втюрина Особенности прибрежно-шельфовой криолитозоны / А.И. Фартышев Многолетние экстремумы отрицательной температуры грунтов сезоннопротаивающего слоя в Центральной Якутии / П.А. Соловъев, Л.П. Голубых Интенсивность сезонного промерзания почвогрунтов в Заилийском Алатау / Э.В. Северский, М. В. Попов Теплопроводность крупнообломочных грунтов в горах Северного Тянь-Шаня / А. А. Мандаров Тепловой баланс крупного озера и прилегающей территории в Центральной Якутии / А.В. Павлов, М.И. Тишин Геотермические параметры Уренгойского месторождения / А.И. Левченко Теплофизические свойства многолетнемерзлых пород Мастахского месторождения газа / Н.Р. Колушев, В.Т. Балобаев, Р.И. Гаврилъев О некоторых особенностях поведения температурного и электрического поля ПС вблиаи нижней границы мерзлоты в терригенных толщах / В.О. Володько Геотермия вмещающих пород карьера "Мир" (Западная Якутия) / В.Н. Девяткин, Р.И. Гаврилъев Геотермические условия бассейна рек Курунг-Юрях и Хатат (Западная Якутия) / В.Н. Девяткин Тепловой баланс орошаемых посевов кормовых культур в Центральной Якутии / П.Н. Скрябин, О.И. Алексеева Расчет промерзания намывно й насыпи и ее основания / Н.И. Вотякова , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Jakutsk : Jakutskij Filial SO AN SSSR
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94893
    Description / Table of Contents: В книге приводится обстоятельная и разносторонняя характеристика основных генетических типов почв аласов. Выявлено влияние термокарстового аласообразования на почвообразовательный процесс. Полученные результаты позволяют рассматривать почвы аласов как самостоятельные типы, возникновение которых связано со своеобразным аласным процессом, присущим, только термокарстовым ландшафтам. Впервые охарактеризованы особенности структуры почвенного покрова аласов и раскрыты причины ее дифференциации . Книга предназначена для почвоведов, мелиораторов, агрохимиков, а также для других специалистов сельского хозяйства и проектных организаций, связанных с использованием и освоением земель в области широкого распространения многалетнемерзлых пород.
    Description / Table of Contents: Translation of the abstract: The book provides a detailed and versatile description of the main genetic types of Alas soils. The influence of thermokarst alas formation on the soil-forming process was revealed. The results obtained allow us to consider alas soils as independent types, the occurrence of which is associated with a peculiar alas process, inherent only in thermokarst landscapes. For the first time the features of the structure of the soil cover of the alas were characterized and the reasons for its differentiation were revealed. The book is intended for soil scientists, land reclamators, agrochemists, as well as for other agricultural specialists and design organizations involved in the use and development of land in the area of ​​widespread permafrost.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 168 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: ОГЛАВЛЕНИЕ Введение 3 Глава 1. Природно-климатические условия 1.1. Геология и геоморфология 1.2. Многолетняя мерзлота 1.3. Почвообразующие породы 1.4. Климат 1.5. Поверхностные воды 1.6. Растительность Глава 2. Особенности почвообразования в аласах 2.1. Краткая история исследования почв аласов 2.2. Аласный термокарстовый рельеф 2.3. Влияние аласов на почвообразование 2.4. Аласный тип почвообразования Глава 3. Почвы 3.1. Зональные почвы 3.1.1. Мерзлотные палевые почвы 3.1.2. Мерзлотные палевые осолоделые почвы 3.1 .3. Мерзлотные таежные оподз аленные почвы 3.2. Почвы аласов 3.2.1. Аласные болотные и заболоченные почвы 3.2.2. Аласные луговые почвы 3.2.3. Аласные остепненные почвы Глава 4. Структура почвенного покрова аласов 4.1. Условия дифференциации почвенного покрова аласов 4.2. Структура почвенного покрова различных по рельефу аласов 4.3. Неоднородность почвенного покрова разновозрастных термокарстовых котловин Заключение Список литературы
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: AWI G3-22-94894
    Description / Table of Contents: The collection includes papers containing new data on spores-pollen complexes, mammal remnants, stratigraphy, lithological-mineralogical characteristics and paleogeography of the Cenozoic in Yakutia, mainly in the Kolyma basin. Summarizing papers are devoted to the history of vegetation in Yakutia during the Cenozoic and to main stages of the relief-formation of the Primorsk lowland. Stages in which thermoabrasive transformation of the shelf and the sea shore during the Holocene became more active are recognized and related to sea transgressions. An analysis of recent crust movements is given. A method for drawing up neotectonic schemes of a lowland formed on the Cenozoic sedimentary cover is proposed.
    Description / Table of Contents: Сборник объединяет статьи, содержащие новые данные по спорово-пыльцевым комплексам, остаткам млекопитающих, стратиграфии, литолого-минералогической характеристике и палеогеографии кайнозоя Якутии, главным образом бассейна р. Колымы . Обобщающие статьи посвящены истории развития растительности севера Якутии в кайнозое и основным этапам рельефообразования Приморской низменности. Выделены этапы активизации термоабразионного преобразования шельфа и морского побережья в голоцене, связанные с трансгрессиями. Анализируются современные движения земной коры. Предлагается методика составления неотектонических схем низменности, развитой на кайнозойском осадочном чехле. Сборник издается к XI Конгрессу Международного союза по изучению четвертичного периода. Книга рассчитана на специалистов в области палеонтологии, стратиграфии, геоморфологии, падеогеографии, неотектоники, геологического картирования и поисков месторождений полезных ископаемых, в особенности в низменных районах с широким развитием рыхлых отложений осадочного чехла.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 164 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: Russian
    Note: CONTENTS The history of vegetation during the Cenozoic in northern Yakutia / A. I. Tomskaya Paleogene spores pollen complexes from the Kolyma right bank / L. P. Zharikova On a finding of a fossil bison on the Indigirka river / P. A. Lazarev Burial conditions of skeleton and body remains of Pleistocene mammals / P. A. Lazarev On the formation of fish fauna in Yakutian reservoirs / F. N. Kirillov, V. F. Vozin The Iithological-mineraloglcal character of Cenozoic sediments of the Primorsk lowland / O. V. Grinenko, A. I. Sergeyenko Stratigraphy of Paleogene-Neogene loose deposits on the Kolyma right bank / A. S. Kazantsev, L. P. Zharikova Quarternary deposits of the Primorsk lowland (Khallerchinsk tundra) / V. B. Spector Upper Cenozoic deposits of the Kolyma lowland / O. V. Grinenko Main stages in the formation of the relief of the Primorsk lowland, East Jakutia, and its mountain surroundings / A. G. Savchenko Recent crust movements and their geomorphologic expression in the nearshore zone of the Kolyma lowland / Ya. A. Ben A comprehensive investigation of closed territory neotectonics (in the light of the Yano-Kolyma lowland) / V. A. Balandin The geomorphological expression of the Ichen overthrust zone of the Moma range / Ya. A. Ben Variations of the Laptev Sea and the East Siberian Sea level and their role in the formation of shore deposits / K. S. Yefremov Modelling as a method of structural geomorphic analysis / V. A. Balandin , СОДЕРЖАНИЕ История развития растительности севера Якутии в кайнозое / А. И. Томская Палеогеновые спорово-пыльцевые комплексы правобережья реки Колымы / Л. П. Жарикова О находке ископаемого бизона на реке Индигирке / П . А. Лазарев Условия захоронения скелетных и трупных остатков плейстоценовых млекопитающих / П. А. Лазарев О формировании ихтиофауны в водоемах Якутии / Ф. Н. Кириллов, В. Ф. Возин Литолоrо-минералогическая характеристика кайнозойских отложений Приморской низменности / О. В. Гриненко, А. И. Серrеенко Стратиграфия рыхлых палеоген-неогеновых отложений правобережья реки Колымы / А. С. Казанцев, Л. П. Жарикова Четвертичные отложения Приморской низменности (Халлерчинская тундра) / В. Б. Спектор Верхнекайнозойские отложения Колымской низменности / О. В. Гриненко Основные этапы рельефообразования Приморской низменности Восточной Якутии и ее горного обрамления / А. Г. Савченко Современные движения земной коры и их геоморфологическое выражение в прибрежной зоне Колымской низменности / Я. А. Бень Комплексное изучение неотектоники закрытых территорий (На примере Яне-Колымской низменности) / В. А. Баландин Геоморфологическое выражени е Иченской надвиговой зоны Момского хребта / Я. А. Бень Колебания уровней морей Лаптевых и Восточно-Сибирского В голоцене и их роль в формировании прибрежно-морских отложений / К. С. Ефремов Моделирование как метод структурно-геоморфологического анализа / В. А. Баландин , In kyrillischer Schrift
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: AWI P5-22-95026
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: IV, 164 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0-920603-44-0
    Language: English
    Note: CONTENTS Introduction / Ming-ko Woo and Denis J. Gregor No Great Change: A Commentary on 50 Years of Watching Arctic Science / F. Kenneth Hare Arctic Climate in the Future / David Etkin and Tom Agnew Ice and Snow in the Arctic and Global Change / Peter Adams Snow, Sea· Ice and Climate: A Study of Scales / Ellsworth F. LeDrew and David G. Barber Past Climate Changes as Deduced from Canadian Ice Cores / Roy M. Koerner Natural and Anthropogenic Influences on the Chemical Composition of the Arctic Troposphere / Leonard A. Barrie Organic Micropollutants in Arctic Snow and Pim / Denis J. Gregor Climatic Change and the Permafrost Landscape / Antoni G. Lewkowicz Arctic Streamflow / Ming-ko Woo Ecology and Palaeocology of the Northern Treeline / Glen M. MacDonald and K. Gajewski Climate Change and its Effects on Canadian Arctic Plant Communities / Sylvia A. Edlund Environmental Change and Prehistory in Arctic Canada / Patricia D. Sutherland Concluding Remarks / George D. Hobson Glossary
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: AWI G4-22-94986
    Description / Table of Contents: Hydrological processes occurring within the vadose zone, especially in heterogeneous soils and tills typical of the Canadian shield, are not well understood. This research investigates the importance of the vadose zone in a small headwater basin (Harp 4-21) in the Canadian shield with respect to the generation of stream runoff quantity and quality during episodic rainfall and snowmelt events. The study focused specifically on: firstly the effect of variable antecedent moisture conditions on water-table and stream response, secondly, the significance of the stored vadose water in water extracted from a rising water-table, and thirdly the significance of preferential flowpathways in the vadose zone as a means of rapidly rotating, stored vadose water to the stream during runoff events. The instrumentation of the Harp 4-21 basin includes three v-notch weirs along the stream, numerous piezometers and wells, several soil lysimeters, and three tensiometer nests. Much of the data used in this study was obtained from five sites located along a hillslope transect. Soil water content at each of the hillslope sites was accurately determined using time domain reflectometry (TDR), whereas water table elevations were measured using both electronic water level tapes and calibrated rod floats. Preferential flowpath data was derived from flow gauging and chemical analyses of water samples. Results obtained from the near-stream and lower slope reaches of the hillslope transect indicated that soil water content in the vadose zone is maintained at a high level of saturation by shallow water-table depths. Further analysis of simultaneously measured soil water content and depth to water—table data clearly showed that the existence of a thick essentially saturated zone overlying the water table (capillary fringe) was responsible for the large and rapid water-table responses observed during many of the nine studied precipitation events. On a basin scale, the seasonal variability of the area in which the capillary fringe extended to the ground surface was largely responsible for the observed trend in basin yield (runoff volume/ rainfall volume) for the nine runoff events. Chemical tracing results using silica, pH and DOC showed that the large vadose water reservoir in the near-stream and lower slope areas was a dominant component in water extracted from a rising water-table during most precipitation events. Silica results from the near-stream vadose zone showed that only the massive groundwater recharge associated with spring snowmelt could completely replace the vadose water reservoir with shorter residence time snowmelt/rainfall water. The rapid routing of stored near-stream capillary fringe vadose water through preferential pathways (macropores, soil pipes) was a significant source of runoff to the stream during runoff events. The presence of soil pipes, along with the significant vadose water reservoir in near-stream and lower slope areas are sufficient to explain the large phreatic/vadose water component typically identified in two component flow separation models, and constitutes the basis of a physically-based conceptual runoff model for the Harp 4-21 basin.
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 172 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Masterarbeit, Wilfrid Laurier University, Waterloo, 1992 , Table of Contents Abstract Acknowledgements List of Figures List of Tables Chapter 1 Introduction and Literature Review 1.1 introduction 1.2 Research objectives 1.3 Literature review 1.3.1 Overland flow 1.3.2 Overland flow from partial areas 1.3.3 Subsurface stormflow 1.3.4 The variable source area subsurface stormtlow concept 1.3.5 Groundwater and the capillary fringe effect 1.3.6 Preferential flow 1.3.6.1 Macropore flow 1.3.6.2 Unstable flow 1.4 Summary of uncertainties in the vadose zone Chapter 2 Methodology 2.1 Introduction 2.2 The Harp 4-21 basin: site description 2.2.1 Basin topography 2.2.2 Bedrock and surficial geology 2.2.3 Vegetation 2.2.4 General hydrology 2.3 Basin instrumentatio 2.3.1 Stream 2.3.2 Phreatic zone 2.3.3 Vadose zone 2.3.3.1 Soil moisture 2.3.3.2 Preferential flowpaths 2.4 Hillslope transect instrumentation 2.4.1 The hillslope transect 2.4.2 Time domain reflectometry 2.4.3 Vadose water extraction 2.5 Sampling techniques, frequency and chemical analyses 2.5.1 Precipitation 2.5.2 Stream 2.5.3 Phreatic zone 2.5.4 Vadose zone 2.5.4.1 Soil moisture measurement and analysis of the TDR trace 2.5.4.2 Vadose water sampling 2.5.5 Chemical analysis Chapter 3 Results and Discussion: Antecedent Moisture Conditions 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Runoff events ~ampled during the May 1990 - April 1991 field season 3.3 Assessment of antecedent moisture conditions in the Harp 4-21 basin 3.3.1 Seasonal basin yield 3.3.2 Seasonal depth to water-table 3.3.3 Tensiometric data 3.3.4 Soil moisture conditions in the hillslope transect (Time Domain Reflectometry) 3.3.4.1 Soil water content/depth to water-table relationship 3.3.4.2 Estimation of the capillary fringe thickness and the temporal variation of basin area in which it extends to the ground surface 3.4 Assessment of the origin of water in the vadose zone of near-stream and lower slope areas which experience significant water-table responses during runoff generating events 3.4.1 Introduction 3.4.2 Near-stream 07 piezometer nest 3.4.3 Lower slope TD4 mini-piezometer nest Chapter 4 Preferential flowpathways: Results and discussion 4.1. Discharge contributions to streamflow during runoff events 4.2. Assessment of the origin of water emmitted from the soil pipes during runoff events Chapter 5 Conclusions References Appendix I Appendix II Appendix Ill Appendix IV Appendix V , Englisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: AWI G6-23-95004
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: vii, 100 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Bachelorarbeit, Wilfrid Laurier University, 1993 , TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introduction Chapter 2 Literature Review 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Water Balance 2.3 Nutrient Inputs 2.4 Models Chapter 3 Study Site and Site Characteristics 3.1 Study Site Location 3.2 Geology 3.3 Surface Cover 3.4 Permafrost Depth 3.5 Lake Formation 3.6 Lake Characteristics 3.7 Lake Sub Basin Characteristics 3.8 Climate 3.9 Precipitation and Melt 3.10 Evaporation Chapter 4 Methods 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Physical Sampling 4.2.1 Water Level 4.2.2 Stream Discharge 4.2.3 Precipitation 4.2.4. Radiation 4.2.5 Evaporation 4.2.6 Groundwater 4.3 Chemical Sampling 4.3.1 Total Phosphorus 4.4 Biological Sampling 4.4.1 Chlorophyll a 4.5 Water Balance 4.6 Nutrient Inputs 4.7 Models 4.7.1 Predicting Total Phosphorus Concentrations 4.7.2 Chlorophyll a Chapter 5 Results 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Water Balance 5.2.1 Lake Storage 5.2.2 Stream Discharge 5.2.3 Precipitation 5.2.4 Radiation 5.2.5 Evaporation 5.2.6 Groundwater 5.3 Nutrient Inputs 5.4 Models 5.4.1 Predicting Total Phosphorus Concentrations 5.4.2 Chlorophyll a Chapter 6 Discussion 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Water Balance 6.3 Nutrient Inputs 6.4 Models Chapter 7 Further Study Appendices Appendix 1 Lake Storage Appendix 2 Discharge Data Appendix 3 Precipitation Appendix 4 Radiation Appendix 5 Evaporation Appendix 6 Nutrient Data Appendix 7 Chlorophyll a Bibliography , Englisch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95024
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: X, 583 Seiten , Illustrationen , 19 cm
    Edition: 16., neugestaltete und erweiterte Auflage, 93. bis 100. Tausend von Matthias Schaefer ...
    ISBN: 3-494-00043-3
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Vorwort zur 16. Auflage Aus dem Vorwort zur 13. Auflage Aus dem Vorwort zur 9. Auflage Verzeichnis oft gebrauchter Abkürzungen und Fachausdrücke Systematische Übersicht Tierstämme (M. Schaefer) Stamm: Protozoa, Urtiere (M. Schaefer) Stamm: Porifera, Schwämme (W. Tischler) Stamm: Coelenterata, Hohltiere (W. Tischler) Stamm: Tentaculata, Kranzfüßler (M. Schaefer) Stämme: Scolecida, Niedere Würmer (M. Schaefer) Stamm: Mollusca, Weichtiere (W. Tischler) Stamm: Annelida, Ringelwürmer (M. Schaefer) Stamm: Tardigrada, Bärtierchen (W. Tischler) Stamm: Pentastomida, Zungenwürmer (W. Tischler) Stamm: Arthropoda, Gliederfüßer (Übersicht: M. Schaefer) I. Chelicerata, Spinnentiere (M. Schaefer) II. Crustacea, Krebse (M. Schaefer) III. Tracheata, Tausendfüßer und Insekten . 1. Klasse: Myriopoda, Tausendfüßer (W. Tischler) 2. Klasse: Insecta, Insekten (Ordnungen: W. Tischler) 1.-4. Ord.: Apterygota, Urinsekten (B. Hauser) 5. Ord.: Ephemeroptera, Eintagsfliegen (W. Tischler) 6. Ord.: Odonata, Libellen (E. Schmidt) 7. Ord.: PIecoptera, Steinfliegen (W. Tischler) 8.-11. Ord.: Orthopteria, Geradflügler (K. Harz) 12.-14. Ord.: Psocopteria, Rindenläuse, Tierläuse (W. Tischler) 15. Ord.: Thysanoptera, Fransenflügler (W: Tischler) 16. Ord.: Rhynchota, Schnabelkerfe (W. Tischler excl. Aphidina; K. Heinze: Aphidina) 17. Ord.: Coleoptera, Käfer (W. Tischler) 18. Ord.: Strepsiptera, Fächerflügler (W. Tischler) 19.-21. Ord.: Neuropteria, Netzflügler (W. Tischler) 22. Ord.: Hymenoptera, Hautflügler (M. Schaefer) 23. Ord.: Mecoptera, Schnabelfliegen (W. Tischler) 24. Ord.: Siphonaptera, Flöhe (M. Schaefer) 25. Ord.: Diptera, Zweiflügler (F. Sick) 26. Ord.: Trichoptera, Köcherfliegen (F. Sick) 27. Ord.: Lepidoptera, Schmetterlinge (K. Sattler) Stamm: Echinodermata, Stachelhäuter (W. Tischler) Stamm: Tunicata, Manteltiere (W. Tischler) Stamm: Acrania, Schädellose (R. Kändler) Stamm: Vertebrata, Wirbeltiere 1. Klasse: Pisces, Fische (R. Kändler: Meeresfische; A. Pape: Süßwasserfische) 2. Klasse: Amphibia, Lurche (M. Schaefer) 3. Klasse: Reptilia, Kriechtiere (M. Schaefer) 4. Klasse: Aves, Vögel (A. Kleinschmidt) 5. Klasse: Mammalia, Säugetiere (H. Bohlken u. H. Reichstein) Register , Deutsch
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Call number: AWI Bio-23-95083
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 606 Seiten , Illustrationen , 19 cm
    Edition: 87., völlig überarbeitete und erweiterte Auflage von Werner Rauh und Karlheinz Senghas
    ISBN: 3-494-00327-0
    Language: German
    Note: Inhaltsverzeichnis Einleitung: Erklärung der botanischen Fachausdrücke Einige Bemerkungen zur Gliederung des Pflanzenreiches und zur Nomenklatur der Pflanzen Bemerkungen zur Umgrenzung des von der „Flora" erfaßten Gebietes Angaben zur Häufigkeit der Pflanzen Zur Verbreitung der Pflanzen Kurze Bemerkungen zur Geschichte der mitteleuropäischen Flora Naturschutz Hinweise zum Sammeln und Bestimmen von Pflanzen Alphabetisches Verzeichnis häufiger botanischer Fachausdrücke Anleitung zum Gebrauch der Bestimmungstabellen Erklärung der im Text verwendeten Abkürzungen Abkürzungen für Verbreitungsangaben im Gebiet Erläuterung der verschiedenen Druckarten in den Tabellen Das der „Flora" zugrundeliegende System der Pflanzen Tabelle zum Bestimmen der Hauptgruppen Tabellen zum Bestimmen der Familien Tabellen zum Bestimmen der Familien und Gattungen der Blütenpflanzen nach vorwiegend vegetativen Merkmalen Abteilung: Pteridophyta, Gefäßsporenpflanzen Abteilung: Spermatophyta, Samenpflanzen 1. Unterabteilung: Gymnospermae, Nacktsamige Pflanzen 2. Unterabteilung: Angiospermae, Bedecktsamige Pflanzen 1. Klasse: Dicotyledoneae, Zweikeimblättrige Pflanzen 2. Klasse: Monocotyledoneae, Einkeimblättrige Pflanzen Literaturverzeichnis Verzeichnis der geschützten Pflanzenarten Verzeichnis der abgekürzten Autorennamen Verzeichnis der lateinischen und deutschen Pflanzennamen
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Copenhagen : Kommissionen for Videnskabelige Undersøgelser i Grønland
    Associated volumes
    Call number: ZSP-553-15
    In: Meddelelser om Grønland
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 72 S. : Ill., zahlr. graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 8717052297
    Series Statement: Meddelelser om Grønland : Bioscience 15
    Language: English
    Location: AWI Reading room
    Branch Library: AWI Library
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...